1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Russian
2 # Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-27 04:27+0100\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
22 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
23 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
24 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
25 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
26 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
27 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
28 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
29 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
30 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
31 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
32 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
33 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
34 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
35 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
36 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
37 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
44 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
45 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
46 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
49 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
50 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
51 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
52 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
53 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
54 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
55 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
56 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
57 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
58 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
59 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
60 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
61 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
62 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
63 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
64 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
71 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
72 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
75 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
76 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
77 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
78 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
79 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
80 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
81 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
82 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
83 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
84 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
85 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
86 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
87 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
88 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
89 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
90 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
97 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
98 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
106 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
107 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
108 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
109 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
110 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
111 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
112 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
113 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
115 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
116 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
117 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
118 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
119 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
120 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
123 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
125 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
126 "specified in RFC4880."
132 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
133 "be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
139 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
140 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>"
141 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
144 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
145 msgid "for a build that includes B<any>"
151 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
152 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>"
153 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
156 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
157 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<all>"
163 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
164 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>"
165 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
168 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
169 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<source>"
173 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
175 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
177 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
180 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
182 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
183 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
184 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
189 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
190 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
191 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
192 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
193 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
197 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
199 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
200 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
201 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
206 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
207 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
208 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
209 "only non-maintainer upload."
213 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
215 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
216 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
217 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
222 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
223 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
229 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
230 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
231 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
237 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
238 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
239 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
240 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
241 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
242 "present in the list."
244 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
245 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
246 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
247 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
251 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
253 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
254 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
255 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
258 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
261 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
262 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
263 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
264 "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
266 "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, "
267 "которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер "
268 "ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер "
269 "ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер "
270 "версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
274 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
280 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
281 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
286 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
287 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
288 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
289 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
290 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
296 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
297 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)"
298 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
301 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
302 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)"
306 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
307 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)"
311 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
312 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
318 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
319 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
320 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
321 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
325 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
327 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
328 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
329 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
330 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
336 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
342 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
343 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
346 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
347 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
353 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
354 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
355 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
360 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
361 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
367 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
368 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
373 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
374 "in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
380 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
381 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
386 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
387 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
388 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
393 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
399 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
400 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
401 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
407 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
414 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
415 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
419 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
425 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
426 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
427 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
432 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
437 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
443 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
444 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
445 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
446 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
447 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
448 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
449 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
450 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
457 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
462 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
468 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
469 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
473 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
478 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
483 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
489 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
495 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
500 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
506 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
513 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
514 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
519 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
520 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
521 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
526 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
532 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
539 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
540 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
547 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
548 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
549 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
550 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
557 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
558 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
564 msgid "B<Environment:>"
570 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
576 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
577 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
578 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
583 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
584 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
585 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
586 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
587 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
588 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
589 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
590 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
591 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
592 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
593 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
594 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
595 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
596 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
597 #: update-alternatives.pod
601 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
603 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
610 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>."
611 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
616 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
617 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
618 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
621 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
622 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
628 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
629 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
630 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
637 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
638 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
639 "release-specific information."
644 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
652 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
653 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
654 " * I<change-details>\n"
655 " I<more-change-details>\n"
656 " [blank line(s), included in L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> output]\n"
657 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
658 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
659 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
666 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
667 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
673 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
674 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
675 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
676 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
682 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
683 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
684 "characters, as they need to be mapped to L<deb822(5)> field names. The only "
685 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are:"
698 "Its value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<.changes> file for the "
705 msgid "B<binary-only>"
706 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
711 "With a B<yes> value, it is used to denote that this changelog entry is for a "
712 "binary-only non-maintainer upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only "
713 "change being the changelog entry)."
719 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
720 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
721 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
722 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
723 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
729 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
730 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
731 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
737 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
738 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
743 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
744 "regular expression is:"
749 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
755 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
756 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
757 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
758 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
759 "numbers may span multiple lines."
765 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
766 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
767 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
773 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
774 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
775 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
776 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
777 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
778 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
784 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
785 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
791 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
801 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
806 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
817 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
818 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
829 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
830 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
840 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
850 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
860 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
870 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
875 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
881 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
882 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
883 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
884 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
885 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
892 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
893 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
894 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
895 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
896 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
897 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
898 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
904 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
905 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
911 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
912 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
913 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
919 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
923 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
924 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
925 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
926 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
927 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
928 #: dselect.cfg.pod update-alternatives.pod
935 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
939 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
940 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod
941 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
949 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
957 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
958 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
959 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
960 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
968 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
969 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
977 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
978 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
979 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
987 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
995 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-"
996 "parsechangelog(1)>."
997 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1002 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1003 msgid "deb-changes - Debian upload changes control file format"
1004 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1008 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
1014 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
1015 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
1022 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
1023 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
1024 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
1025 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
1026 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
1027 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
1028 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
1030 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1031 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1032 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1033 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1034 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1035 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1040 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
1041 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
1042 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
1043 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
1044 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
1050 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1051 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
1052 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1057 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
1058 "format as the date in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
1065 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
1066 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
1068 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
1071 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1072 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1077 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
1078 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
1079 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
1080 "non-maintainer upload."
1086 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
1087 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1093 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1094 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
1095 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1101 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
1102 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
1103 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
1104 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
1105 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1107 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1108 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1109 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1110 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1116 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1117 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1118 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1123 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1124 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1130 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1131 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1136 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1137 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1143 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1144 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1145 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1151 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1152 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1153 #| "the software that was packaged."
1155 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1156 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1157 "the software that was packaged."
1159 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1160 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1161 "которая была упакована."
1166 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1167 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1168 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1174 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1175 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1176 #| "the software that was packaged."
1178 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1179 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1181 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1182 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1183 "которая была упакована."
1188 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1189 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1190 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1195 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1196 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1201 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1202 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1203 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1209 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1210 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1215 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1216 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1217 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1218 "bug tracking system."
1223 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1229 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1230 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1237 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1238 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1239 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1244 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1245 "upload was built with."
1251 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1252 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1253 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1258 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1259 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1264 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1265 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1266 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1267 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1271 #: deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
1273 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1274 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1275 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1279 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1285 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1286 "and priority for each one."
1292 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1293 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1294 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1295 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1296 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1302 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1303 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1310 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1311 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1312 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1319 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1320 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1321 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1325 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1326 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
1327 #: dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1329 msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ"
1334 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1335 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1336 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1343 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>."
1344 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1347 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1348 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1352 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1354 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1355 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1356 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1359 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1361 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1362 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1366 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1368 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1369 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1370 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1371 "only lines are not accepted."
1375 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1377 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1378 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1382 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1384 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1385 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1386 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1387 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1392 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1393 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1398 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1401 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1402 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1403 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1404 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1405 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1410 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1412 msgid "L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
1413 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1418 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1419 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary package control file format"
1420 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1425 #| msgid "I<control>"
1426 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1432 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1433 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the B<debian/control> "
1434 "template source control file in Debian source packages, see L<deb-src-"
1442 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1443 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1444 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1445 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1446 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1447 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1448 "field, see below)."
1450 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1451 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1452 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1453 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1454 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1455 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1460 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1461 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1462 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1465 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1467 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1468 "file names by most installation tools."
1470 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1471 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1474 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1476 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1477 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1478 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1481 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1483 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1484 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1485 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1489 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1491 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1492 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1493 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1496 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1499 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1500 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1501 #| "the software that was packaged."
1503 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1504 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1505 "the software that was packaged."
1507 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1508 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1509 "которая была упакована."
1512 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1514 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1515 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1516 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1519 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1521 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
1522 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1523 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
1529 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1530 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used "
1531 "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
1532 "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
1533 "contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1535 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
1536 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
1537 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
1538 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
1539 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
1542 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1544 #| msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
1545 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1546 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>"
1549 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1552 #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1553 #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
1554 #| "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
1556 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1557 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1558 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1560 "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в зависимости "
1561 "от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. Примерами секций "
1562 "могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д."
1565 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1567 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
1568 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1569 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
1572 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1575 #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
1576 #| "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
1579 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1580 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1582 "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости для "
1583 "системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', `optional', "
1587 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1590 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1591 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1593 "Поля B<Section> и B<Priority> могут принимать только значения из списка, "
1594 "который определен в политике Debian. Они используются для того, чтобы "
1595 "решить, как пакеты будут размещены в архиве. Список возможных значений можно "
1596 "узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>."
1601 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1602 msgstr "B<installed>"
1607 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1608 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1612 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1614 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1615 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1616 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1622 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1623 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1624 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1625 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1627 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1628 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1629 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1630 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1631 "without using one of the force options)."
1633 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1634 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1635 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1636 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1639 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1641 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1642 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
1645 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1647 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1648 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1649 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1655 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1656 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1657 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1658 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1660 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1661 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1662 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1663 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1664 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1665 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1667 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1668 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1669 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1670 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1673 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1675 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1676 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1677 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1682 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1683 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1684 "when building other packages."
1690 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1691 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1692 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1698 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1699 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1700 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1701 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1704 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1705 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1706 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1707 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1711 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1713 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1714 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1717 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1719 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1720 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1725 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1726 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1730 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1732 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1733 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1736 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1737 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1741 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1743 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1744 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1749 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1750 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1756 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1757 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1758 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1763 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1764 "arch installations."
1768 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1775 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1776 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1783 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
1788 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1789 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1797 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
1802 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1803 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1804 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1805 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1817 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1818 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1819 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1825 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1826 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1827 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1832 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1833 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1834 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1835 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1836 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1837 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1841 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1843 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1844 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1845 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1848 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1850 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1851 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
1854 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1856 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1857 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1862 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1863 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1864 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1868 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1870 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1871 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1872 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1878 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1879 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1880 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1881 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1882 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1883 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1884 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1885 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1887 "Список пакетов, требующихся для обеспечения нормальной работы данного "
1888 "пакета. Программа установки не позволит (по крайней мере, без использования "
1889 "специальных флагов) установить данный пакет, если пакеты, перечисленные в "
1890 "B<Depends>, ещё не установлены. При установке скрипты postinst этих пакетов "
1891 "будут выполнены перед скриптом postinst данного пакета, а при удалении из "
1892 "системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета."
1895 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1897 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1898 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1899 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1904 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1905 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1906 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1908 "Список пакетов, которые должны быть установлены B<и> настроены перед тем, "
1909 "как будет устанавливаться данный пакет. Обычно это используется в случае, "
1910 "когда пакет требует наличия другого пакета для запуска собственного сценария "
1914 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1916 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1917 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1918 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1923 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1924 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1925 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1927 "Список пакетов, которые рекомендуется установить вместе с данным пакетом. "
1928 "Программа установки предупредит пользователя, если он устанавливает пакет "
1929 "без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>."
1932 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1934 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1935 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1936 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1941 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1942 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1945 "Список пакетов, которые расширяют функциональность устанавливаемого пакета, "
1946 "но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись."
1952 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1953 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1954 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1955 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1956 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1957 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1958 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1960 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
1961 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
1962 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
1963 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
1964 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
1965 "можно указать его версию."
1970 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1971 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1972 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1973 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
1974 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
1979 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1982 #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
1983 #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1984 #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
1985 #| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
1986 #| "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
1987 #| "\"=\" for equal to."
1989 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
1990 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1991 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
1992 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
1993 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
1996 "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
1997 "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
1998 "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
1999 "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
2000 "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" -- "
2001 "\"только версия, которая указана\"."
2004 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2006 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
2007 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2013 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
2014 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
2015 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
2016 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
2018 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2019 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2020 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2021 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2024 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2026 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2027 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
2028 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2033 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
2034 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
2035 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
2036 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
2038 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2039 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2040 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2041 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2044 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2046 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2047 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
2048 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2053 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
2054 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
2055 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
2056 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
2058 "Список пакетов, которые заменяют данный пакет. Он используется для того, "
2059 "чтобы разрешить данному пакету перезаписать файлы другого пакета и обычно "
2060 "используется совместно с полем B<Conflicts>, чтобы сразу же заставить "
2061 "удалить этот другой пакет, если он содержит такие же файлы, как "
2068 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2069 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2070 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2071 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2072 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2074 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
2075 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
2076 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
2077 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
2078 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
2079 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
2080 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
2082 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2083 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2084 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2085 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2088 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2090 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2091 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
2092 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2097 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
2098 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
2102 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2104 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2105 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
2106 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2112 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
2113 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
2114 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
2115 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
2116 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
2117 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
2118 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
2119 "separate the list."
2121 "Список виртуальных пакетов, которые предоставляет данный пакет. Обычно он "
2122 "используется, если несколько разных пакетов предоставляют один и тот же "
2123 "сервис. Например, sendmail и exim могут работать как почтовые серверы, "
2124 "поэтому они предоставляют общий пакет (`mail-transport-agent') для тех "
2125 "пакетов, которые могут от него зависеть. Это позволяет использовать sendmail "
2126 "или exim в тех пакетах, которые зависят от `mail-transport-agent'. Это "
2127 "устраняет необходимость указывать в пакетах, которые зависят от почтового "
2128 "сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов."
2134 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2135 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2136 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2137 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2138 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2140 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
2141 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
2142 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
2143 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
2144 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
2145 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
2147 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2148 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2149 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2150 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2153 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2155 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2156 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2157 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2162 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2163 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
2164 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
2165 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
2166 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
2167 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
2168 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
2169 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
2173 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2175 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2176 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2177 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2182 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2183 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
2184 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
2185 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
2186 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
2187 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
2188 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
2189 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
2190 "within parenthesis."
2196 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
2197 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2202 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2203 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
2204 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2209 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
2210 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
2211 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
2212 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
2218 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2219 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
2220 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2225 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
2226 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
2227 "in the I<debian/control> template source control file. The only currently "
2228 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
2234 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
2235 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2240 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These "
2241 "are unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of "
2242 "these within the package."
2248 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
2257 " Priority: required\n"
2259 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
2260 " Architecture: sparc\n"
2262 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
2263 " Provides: rgrep\n"
2264 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2265 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2266 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2267 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2268 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2269 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2270 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2271 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2272 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2273 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2278 "Priority: required\n"
2280 "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
2281 "Architecture: sparc\n"
2283 "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
2285 "Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2286 "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2287 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2288 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2289 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2290 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2291 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2292 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2293 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2294 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2299 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
2300 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
2301 "executable format."
2308 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, "
2309 "L<debtags(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2310 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2313 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2314 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2318 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2321 msgstr "deb-control"
2324 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2326 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2327 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2328 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2332 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2334 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2335 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2339 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2341 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2342 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
2345 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2346 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2350 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2351 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2355 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2357 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the "
2358 "line is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2362 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2364 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2365 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2369 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2371 msgid "L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>, L<dpkg-scansources(1)>, L<apt-ftparchive(1)>."
2372 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2376 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2382 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2383 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2384 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2389 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2390 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2391 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2392 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2398 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2399 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2400 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2406 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2407 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2413 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2414 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2421 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2422 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2423 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2431 msgid "L<md5sum(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
2432 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2436 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2440 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2441 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2447 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2448 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2449 "L<deb(5)> for details of the new format."
2453 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2460 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2461 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2467 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2468 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2474 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2475 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2480 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2486 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2487 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2494 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2495 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2496 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2497 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
2498 "entry for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2504 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2505 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2506 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2512 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2513 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2517 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2523 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2524 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2529 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2530 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2537 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2538 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2539 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2540 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2541 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2543 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
2544 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
2545 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
2546 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
2547 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
2548 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
2553 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2554 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2555 "variation is permitted."
2561 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2562 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2563 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2564 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2571 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2572 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2573 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2574 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2575 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2576 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2577 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2583 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2584 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2590 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2591 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2597 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2598 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2599 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2601 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2602 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2607 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2608 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2612 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2618 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2619 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2624 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2625 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2626 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2632 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
2633 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2634 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
2640 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2641 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2643 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2644 "vendor derives from."
2646 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2647 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2654 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2655 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2662 msgid "L<dpkg-vendor(1)>."
2663 msgstr "deb-control"
2667 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2673 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2674 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2675 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2676 "found in the override file."
2682 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2683 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2688 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2694 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2695 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2701 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2702 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2709 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2710 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2711 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2717 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2718 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2723 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2729 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2730 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2731 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2736 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2737 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2738 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2742 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2743 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2748 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2754 msgid "After the package was installed."
2755 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2760 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2761 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2766 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2767 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2772 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2778 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2779 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2780 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2784 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2790 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2791 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
2796 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2800 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2801 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2807 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2808 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2809 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2813 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2819 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2823 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2824 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2827 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
2831 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2836 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2842 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2843 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2844 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2850 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2851 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2857 msgid "After the package was removed."
2858 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2863 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2864 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2870 msgid "After the package was purged."
2871 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2875 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2881 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2882 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2887 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2888 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2892 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2896 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2898 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2899 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2903 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2908 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2913 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2919 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2920 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2921 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2926 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2927 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2932 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2934 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2935 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2940 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2941 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2946 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2947 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2948 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2952 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2958 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2959 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2960 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2965 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2966 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2967 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2972 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
2978 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2979 msgid "Before the package is installed."
2980 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
2985 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2986 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2991 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
2992 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2997 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2998 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3002 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
3007 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
3012 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
3017 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
3022 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
3028 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
3029 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
3030 "prerm> during package creation)."
3036 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
3037 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3041 msgid "Before the package is removed."
3046 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
3051 msgid "Before an upgrade."
3057 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3058 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3062 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
3067 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3073 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
3078 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3084 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
3085 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
3086 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
3090 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
3095 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
3101 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
3102 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
3103 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> "
3104 "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must "
3110 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
3116 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
3117 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
3118 "optional and normally not needed."
3124 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
3125 "binary control file, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3131 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
3132 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
3136 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
3142 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
3143 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3153 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
3154 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3158 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
3164 "The former tends to be used by shared libraries with stable interfaces. The "
3165 "latter by shared libraries with unstable interfaces, where the whole version "
3166 "becomes part of the SONAME and needs to be specified in full when linking "
3167 "against those libraries."
3173 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
3174 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
3181 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
3188 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
3189 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
3190 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
3191 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
3197 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
3198 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3203 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
3210 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
3211 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
3218 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
3219 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
3225 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
3226 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
3230 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
3231 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
3238 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
3244 msgid "The package name."
3245 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
3250 msgid "The package version."
3251 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
3255 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
3261 msgid "The total size of the package."
3262 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
3266 msgid "The maximum part size."
3272 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
3278 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
3284 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
3285 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
3286 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
3292 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
3293 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
3294 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
3295 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
3301 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
3302 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
3308 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
3309 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members "
3310 "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
3317 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg-split(1)>."
3318 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3321 #: deb-src-control.pod
3323 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
3324 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source package template control file format"
3325 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
3328 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3330 msgid "B<debian/control>"
3331 msgstr "deb-control"
3334 #: deb-src-control.pod
3336 "Each Debian source package contains the «B<debian/control>» template source "
3337 "control file, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> "
3338 "file shipped in Debian binary packages, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3342 #: deb-src-control.pod
3344 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
3345 "stanza is called the source package stanza and lists all information about "
3346 "the source package in general, while each following stanzas are called the "
3347 "binary package stanzas and describe exactly one binary package per stanza. "
3348 "Each stanza consists of at least one field. A field starts with a field "
3349 "name, such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a "
3350 "colon, the body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a "
3351 "newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, but each supplementary line, "
3352 "without a field name, should start with at least one space. The content of "
3353 "the multi-line fields is generally joined to a single line by the tools "
3354 "(except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below). To insert "
3355 "empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot after the space. Lines "
3356 "starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments."
3360 #: deb-src-control.pod
3362 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3363 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3364 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3367 #: deb-src-control.pod
3369 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3370 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3371 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3374 #: deb-src-control.pod
3376 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3377 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3378 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3379 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3380 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3385 #: deb-src-control.pod
3388 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
3389 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
3390 #| "the software that was packaged."
3392 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3393 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3394 "author of the software or the original packager."
3396 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
3397 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
3398 "которая была упакована."
3401 #: deb-src-control.pod
3403 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
3404 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3405 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
3408 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3410 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3411 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3412 "be separated by a comma."
3416 #: deb-src-control.pod
3418 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
3419 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3420 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
3423 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3425 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3426 "this package complies with."
3430 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3432 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
3433 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3434 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
3437 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3440 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3441 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3442 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3443 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3444 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3446 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
3447 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
3448 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
3449 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
3450 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
3453 #: deb-src-control.pod
3454 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3458 #: deb-src-control.pod
3460 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3461 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3462 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3466 #: deb-src-control.pod
3467 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3471 #: deb-src-control.pod
3473 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3474 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3478 #: deb-src-control.pod
3480 "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all. This is the default "
3481 "in B<dpkg-build-api> level >= 1."
3485 #: deb-src-control.pod
3487 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3488 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
3491 #: deb-src-control.pod
3493 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3494 "default in B<dpkg-build-api> level 0, when the field is omitted; adding the "
3495 "field with an explicit B<binary-targets>, while not strictly needed, marks "
3496 "it as having been analyzed for this requirement."
3500 #: deb-src-control.pod
3501 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3505 #: deb-src-control.pod
3507 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3512 #: deb-src-control.pod
3514 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3515 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3516 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3520 #: deb-src-control.pod
3522 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3523 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3524 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3528 #: deb-src-control.pod
3530 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3531 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3532 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3536 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3538 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3539 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3540 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3543 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3545 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3546 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3547 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3550 #: deb-src-control.pod
3552 "These fields are described in the L<dsc(5)> manual page, as they are "
3553 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3554 "literally to the source control file."
3558 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3560 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3561 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3564 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3566 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3567 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3570 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3572 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3573 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3576 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3578 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3579 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3582 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3584 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3585 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3588 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3590 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3591 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3594 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3596 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3597 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3600 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3602 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3603 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3606 #: deb-src-control.pod
3608 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3609 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, "
3610 "B<Darcs>, B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> "
3611 "(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the "
3612 "package, such as the main branch or the trunk."
3616 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3618 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3619 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3622 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3624 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
3629 #: deb-src-control.pod
3631 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field "
3632 "is usually not needed."
3636 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3638 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3639 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3640 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3643 #: deb-src-control.pod
3645 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3646 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3647 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3648 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3649 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3650 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3655 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3657 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3658 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3659 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3662 #: deb-src-control.pod
3664 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3665 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3666 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build "
3667 "with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3671 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3673 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3674 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3675 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3678 #: deb-src-control.pod
3680 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3681 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3686 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3688 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3689 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3690 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3693 #: deb-src-control.pod
3695 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3696 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3697 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3698 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3699 "being used for source-only builds."
3703 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3705 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3706 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3707 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3710 #: deb-src-control.pod
3712 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3713 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3714 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3718 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3720 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3721 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3722 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3725 #: deb-src-control.pod
3727 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3728 "independent packages."
3732 #: deb-src-control.pod
3735 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3736 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3737 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3738 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3739 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3740 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3741 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3742 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3743 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3744 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3745 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3746 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3748 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3749 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3750 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3751 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3752 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3753 "можно указать его версию."
3756 #: deb-src-control.pod
3759 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3760 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3761 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3762 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3763 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3764 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3765 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3766 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3767 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3769 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3770 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3771 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3772 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3773 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3774 "можно указать его версию."
3777 #: deb-src-control.pod
3779 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3780 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3781 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3782 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3783 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3784 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3785 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3786 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3791 #: deb-src-control.pod
3793 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3794 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3795 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3799 #: deb-src-control.pod
3801 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3802 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items "
3803 "in the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3804 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3805 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3809 #: deb-src-control.pod
3811 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3812 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3813 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3817 #: deb-src-control.pod
3819 #| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
3820 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3821 msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3824 #: deb-src-control.pod
3826 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3827 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3831 #: deb-src-control.pod
3833 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
3834 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3835 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
3838 #: deb-src-control.pod
3840 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions "
3841 "as to a source package name apply."
3845 #: deb-src-control.pod
3847 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
3848 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3849 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
3852 #: deb-src-control.pod
3854 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3855 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3856 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3857 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3858 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3859 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see L<dpkg-"
3860 "architecture(1)> for more information about them)."
3864 #: deb-src-control.pod
3865 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3869 #: deb-src-control.pod
3871 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3872 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3873 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3878 #: deb-src-control.pod
3880 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3881 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3885 #: deb-src-control.pod
3887 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3888 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3889 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3890 "evaluates to true."
3894 #: deb-src-control.pod
3896 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3897 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3898 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3901 #: deb-src-control.pod
3903 "These fields are described in the L<deb-control(5)> manual page, as they are "
3904 "copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3908 #: deb-src-control.pod
3910 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3911 "the L<deb-control(5)> manual page. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3912 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3913 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3914 "reduced when generating the fields for L<deb-control(5)>."
3918 #: deb-src-control.pod
3920 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3921 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3922 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3926 #: deb-src-control.pod
3928 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3929 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3930 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3933 #: deb-src-control.pod
3935 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. "
3936 "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied "
3937 "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a "
3938 "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero "
3939 "or more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3943 #: deb-src-control.pod
3948 #: deb-src-control.pod
3950 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see L<dsc(5)>."
3954 #: deb-src-control.pod
3959 #: deb-src-control.pod
3961 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see L<deb-"
3966 #: deb-src-control.pod
3971 #: deb-src-control.pod
3973 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see L<deb-"
3978 #: deb-src-control.pod
3980 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
3981 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
3982 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
3983 "source package control files."
3987 #: deb-src-control.pod
3989 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
3990 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
3991 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
3992 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
3996 #: deb-src-control.pod
4002 " Priority: required\n"
4003 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
4004 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
4005 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
4006 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
4007 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4008 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4009 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
4010 " Build-Depends: pkgconf, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
4011 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
4016 #: deb-src-control.pod
4019 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
4021 " Priority: optional\n"
4022 " Architecture: all\n"
4023 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
4024 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
4025 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
4026 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
4027 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
4028 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
4029 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
4030 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
4031 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
4032 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
4033 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
4035 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
4036 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
4041 #: deb-src-control.pod
4044 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
4045 "L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>"
4046 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4049 #: deb-src-files.pod
4051 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4052 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
4053 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4056 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4057 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
4059 msgid "B<debian/files>"
4060 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4063 #: deb-src-files.pod
4065 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
4066 "B<.changes> control file."
4070 #: deb-src-files.pod
4071 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
4075 #: deb-src-files.pod
4076 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
4080 #: deb-src-files.pod
4081 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
4085 #: deb-src-files.pod
4087 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
4088 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
4093 #: deb-src-files.pod
4095 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
4096 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
4097 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
4101 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
4102 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
4107 #: deb-src-files.pod
4109 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
4110 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
4114 #: deb-src-files.pod
4116 msgid "L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4117 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4120 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4122 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4123 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
4124 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4127 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4129 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
4130 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4133 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4135 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
4136 "from the source package."
4140 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4142 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
4143 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
4147 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4148 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
4152 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
4155 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
4158 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4160 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
4161 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
4165 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4167 msgid "B<build-indep>"
4168 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
4171 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4173 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
4174 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
4175 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4176 "target must not require root privileges."
4180 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4182 msgid "B<build-arch>"
4183 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4186 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4188 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
4189 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
4190 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4191 "target must not require root privileges."
4195 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
4198 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
4201 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4203 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
4204 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
4205 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
4209 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4210 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
4214 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4216 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4217 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
4218 "be called with root privileges."
4222 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4224 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
4225 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4228 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4230 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4231 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
4232 "be called with root privileges."
4236 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4237 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
4242 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4244 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
4245 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
4246 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
4251 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4254 "L<dpkg-architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4255 "parsechangelog(1)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4256 "deb(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4257 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4260 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4261 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
4265 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4267 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
4268 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
4272 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4274 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
4275 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
4276 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
4280 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4285 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4287 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
4288 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
4289 "section L</Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
4290 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
4294 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4295 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
4299 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4301 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
4302 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
4303 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name "
4304 "during installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> "
4305 "marker, I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary "
4310 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4311 msgid "Using symbol tags"
4315 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4317 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
4318 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
4319 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
4320 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection L</"
4321 "Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
4325 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4327 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
4328 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
4329 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple "
4330 "tags are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a "
4331 "value which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names "
4332 "and values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
4333 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
4334 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
4335 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
4336 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
4337 "until the first space."
4341 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4344 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
4345 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
4346 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4351 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4353 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
4354 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
4355 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
4356 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
4361 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4363 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
4364 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
4365 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
4366 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
4367 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the L<deb-"
4368 "symbols(5)> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
4369 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the "
4370 "contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard "
4371 "and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original "
4372 "form as they were loaded."
4376 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4377 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
4381 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4383 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
4385 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
4388 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4390 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
4391 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
4392 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
4393 "package revision. This behavior serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
4394 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
4395 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
4396 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
4397 "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
4401 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4403 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
4404 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
4405 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
4406 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4411 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4413 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4414 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4417 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4419 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4420 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4423 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4425 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4426 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4429 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4431 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4432 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are "
4433 "supported since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the "
4434 "symbols discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not "
4435 "concern the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. "
4436 "If an arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not "
4437 "exist in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may "
4438 "cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific "
4439 "symbol is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4440 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4441 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4442 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4443 "but it is not considered as new."
4447 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4449 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4450 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4451 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4452 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4457 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4459 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4460 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4461 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4462 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4463 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4467 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4470 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4471 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4472 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4477 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4478 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4482 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4485 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4486 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4491 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4492 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4496 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4499 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4500 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4505 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4506 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4510 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4513 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4518 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4520 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4524 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4526 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4527 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4528 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4529 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4530 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4531 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4535 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4537 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4538 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
4541 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4543 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4548 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4554 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4556 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4561 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4567 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4569 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol "
4570 "patterns> subsection below."
4574 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4581 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4583 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4588 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4589 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4593 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4595 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4596 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4597 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4598 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4599 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4600 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4601 "considered as new."
4605 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4607 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the "
4608 "library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-"
4609 "c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may "
4610 "be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4611 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4612 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4613 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to L</Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4618 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4620 "Patterns are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
4621 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not "
4622 "any different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part "
4623 "of the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4624 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4625 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4629 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4630 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4634 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4636 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4637 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by L<c++filt(1)> utility). This "
4638 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4639 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4640 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4641 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4642 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4643 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4644 "32-bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64-"
4645 "bit ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4649 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4652 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4654 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4660 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4662 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4666 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4669 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4674 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4676 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4677 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4678 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4679 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4680 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4681 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they "
4682 "should not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4686 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4688 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries "
4689 "have versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream "
4690 "version where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a "
4691 "I<symver> pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. "
4696 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4699 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4700 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4702 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4703 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4708 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4710 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4711 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4712 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4713 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4714 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4718 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4720 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4721 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4722 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4723 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4724 "behavior is needed."
4728 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4730 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4731 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4732 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4733 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4734 "string. For example:"
4738 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4741 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4742 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4743 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4748 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4750 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4751 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4752 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4753 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4754 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4758 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4760 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4761 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4766 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4769 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4770 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4775 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4777 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4778 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4779 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4780 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4781 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4782 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4783 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4784 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4785 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4786 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4790 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4792 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4793 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4794 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4795 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4796 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4800 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4802 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4803 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4804 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4805 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4806 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4807 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4811 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4812 msgid "Using includes"
4816 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4818 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4819 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4820 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4824 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4826 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4827 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4832 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4835 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4840 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4841 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4845 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4848 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4853 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4855 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4856 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature "
4857 "to create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture "
4858 "specific symbol files:"
4862 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4865 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4866 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64-bit\"\n"
4867 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32-bit\"\n"
4868 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4873 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4875 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4876 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4877 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4878 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4879 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4880 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4881 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4882 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4886 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4888 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4889 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4890 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4891 "do it is the following:"
4895 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4898 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4899 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4904 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4906 msgid "L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
4907 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
4910 #: deb-substvars.pod
4911 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4915 #: deb-substvars.pod
4917 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4921 #: deb-substvars.pod
4923 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4924 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4925 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4926 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4930 #: deb-substvars.pod
4931 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4935 #: deb-substvars.pod
4937 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4938 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4939 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4940 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4941 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4942 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4946 #: deb-substvars.pod
4951 #: deb-substvars.pod
4953 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
4954 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value> or I<name>B<?=>I<value>. The B<=> "
4955 "operator assigns a normal substitution variable, while the B<?=> operator "
4956 "(since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable which will "
4957 "emit no warnings even if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank "
4958 "lines, and lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
4962 #: deb-substvars.pod
4963 msgid "Substitution"
4967 #: deb-substvars.pod
4969 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
4970 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
4971 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
4975 #: deb-substvars.pod
4977 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
4978 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
4979 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
4980 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
4984 #: deb-substvars.pod
4986 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
4987 "empty value is assumed."
4991 #: deb-substvars.pod
4993 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
4994 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
4995 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
4996 "and B<Architecture> fields."
5000 #: deb-substvars.pod
5002 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
5003 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
5004 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
5005 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
5006 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
5011 #: deb-substvars.pod
5014 " Description: foo application\n"
5022 #: deb-substvars.pod
5023 msgid "It will result in:"
5027 #: deb-substvars.pod
5030 " Description: foo application\n"
5039 #: deb-substvars.pod
5040 msgid "Built-in Variable"
5044 #: deb-substvars.pod
5045 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
5049 #: deb-substvars.pod
5055 #: deb-substvars.pod
5057 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
5058 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
5062 #: deb-substvars.pod
5064 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
5065 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5068 #: deb-substvars.pod
5070 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
5071 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as L<dpkg-vendor(1)> "
5072 "would retrieve it."
5076 #: deb-substvars.pod
5078 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
5079 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5082 #: deb-substvars.pod
5084 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
5085 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
5089 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5090 msgid "B<source:Version>"
5094 #: deb-substvars.pod
5096 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5097 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
5100 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5101 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
5105 #: deb-substvars.pod
5107 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
5108 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5112 #: deb-substvars.pod
5113 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
5117 #: deb-substvars.pod
5119 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
5120 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5124 #: deb-substvars.pod
5126 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
5127 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
5130 #: deb-substvars.pod
5132 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
5133 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
5134 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
5139 #: deb-substvars.pod
5141 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
5142 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5145 #: deb-substvars.pod
5147 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
5148 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5152 #: deb-substvars.pod
5154 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
5155 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
5156 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
5159 #: deb-substvars.pod
5161 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
5162 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5166 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5168 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
5169 msgstr "B<installed>"
5172 #: deb-substvars.pod
5174 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
5175 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
5176 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
5177 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
5178 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
5179 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
5184 #: deb-substvars.pod
5186 "B<Note>: Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
5187 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
5188 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
5189 "less space than the specified in this field."
5193 #: deb-substvars.pod
5194 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
5198 #: deb-substvars.pod
5200 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
5201 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
5202 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
5203 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
5207 #: deb-substvars.pod
5209 msgid "B<S:>I<field-name>"
5210 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5213 #: deb-substvars.pod
5215 "The value of the source stanza field I<field-name> (which must be given in "
5216 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
5217 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
5218 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
5222 #: deb-substvars.pod
5224 msgid "B<F:>I<field-name>"
5225 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5228 #: deb-substvars.pod
5230 "The value of the output field I<field-name> (which must be given in the "
5231 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
5232 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
5236 #: deb-substvars.pod
5241 #: deb-substvars.pod
5243 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
5244 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
5245 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
5249 #: deb-substvars.pod
5250 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
5254 #: deb-substvars.pod
5255 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
5259 #: deb-substvars.pod
5260 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
5264 #: deb-substvars.pod
5266 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
5270 #: deb-substvars.pod
5272 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
5273 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5276 #: deb-substvars.pod
5277 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5281 #: deb-substvars.pod
5283 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
5284 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5287 #: deb-substvars.pod
5288 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5292 #: deb-substvars.pod
5294 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
5295 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
5298 #: deb-substvars.pod
5300 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
5301 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
5304 #: deb-substvars.pod
5307 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, "
5308 "L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
5309 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5313 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
5318 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
5324 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
5325 "subset of the template symbol files used by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> in Debian "
5326 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
5332 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
5341 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
5342 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
5344 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
5346 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
5353 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
5354 "by L<objdump(1)>. A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where "
5355 "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= "
5356 "I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
5363 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
5364 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
5365 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
5366 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
5367 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
5368 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
5369 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
5375 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
5376 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
5377 "only valid fields are:"
5383 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5384 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
5385 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5390 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
5391 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
5392 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
5398 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5399 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
5400 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5405 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
5406 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
5407 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
5408 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5413 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5419 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5420 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5421 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5422 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5423 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5430 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5431 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5436 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5437 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5442 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5449 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5450 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5451 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5458 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5465 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5466 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5467 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5468 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5470 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5479 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5480 "symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
5481 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5485 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5491 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5498 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5499 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5500 "package creation)."
5506 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing "
5507 "whitespace and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, "
5508 "and empty lines will be ignored."
5513 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5519 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5520 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5525 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5526 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5531 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5532 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5537 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5538 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5539 "triggers control file."
5545 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5546 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5547 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5548 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5549 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5550 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5551 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5556 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5562 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5563 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5568 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5569 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5574 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5575 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5576 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5577 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5583 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5584 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5585 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5586 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5593 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5594 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5595 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5596 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5597 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5603 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5610 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5611 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5612 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5613 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5614 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5615 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5621 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5622 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5628 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5629 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5635 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5636 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5637 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5638 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5639 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5640 "depending on how it was activated."
5646 msgid "L<dpkg-trigger(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5647 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5652 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5653 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
5657 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5663 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5664 "three components. These are:"
5675 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5676 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5677 "may not contain any colons."
5683 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5684 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5691 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5692 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5697 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5698 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5699 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5700 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5701 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5702 "comparison scheme."
5708 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5709 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5710 "the version number is mandatory."
5716 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5717 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5718 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5719 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5725 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5726 msgstr "B<config-files>"
5731 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5732 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5733 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5734 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5740 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5741 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5742 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5743 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5750 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5751 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5757 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5758 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5759 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5760 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5761 "significant part of the version number)."
5766 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5772 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5773 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5778 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5784 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5785 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5786 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5787 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5788 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5789 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5790 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5796 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5797 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5798 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5799 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5800 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5806 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5807 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5808 "strings are exhausted."
5814 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5815 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5816 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5817 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5818 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5824 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5825 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5826 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5832 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>"
5833 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5837 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5843 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5844 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5845 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5851 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5852 "format are described in L<deb-old(5)>."
5858 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5859 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5860 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5861 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5862 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5869 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5870 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5871 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5872 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5873 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5874 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5875 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5876 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5877 "and device numbers."
5883 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5884 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5885 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5886 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5887 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5894 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5895 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5896 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5897 "(except at the end), as described below."
5903 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5904 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5905 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5906 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5907 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5908 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5909 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5910 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5911 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5912 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5919 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5920 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5921 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5922 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5923 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5924 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5931 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
5932 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may "
5933 "be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
5934 "three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-"
5935 "binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely "
5936 "ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, "
5943 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5944 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5945 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
5961 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5971 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
5976 msgid "application/x-deb"
5982 "L<deb-old(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-conffiles(5)>, L<deb-"
5983 "md5sums(5)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<deb-"
5984 "preinst(5)>, L<deb-postinst(5)>, L<deb-prerm(5)>, L<deb-postrm(5)>."
5989 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
5995 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
5996 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
5997 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
5998 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
5999 "databases are in a similar format)."
6010 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
6011 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
6012 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
6013 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
6014 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
6015 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
6016 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
6017 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
6018 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
6024 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
6025 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
6026 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
6027 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
6028 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
6029 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
6030 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
6036 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
6037 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
6038 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
6039 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
6053 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
6059 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
6060 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
6066 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
6071 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
6082 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
6083 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
6084 "field does not specify a different type."
6095 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
6096 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
6097 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
6098 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
6104 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
6105 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
6106 "written for RFC5322."
6112 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
6113 msgid "B<multiline>"
6114 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
6119 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
6120 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
6121 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
6122 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
6123 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
6130 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
6131 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
6132 "character version relationships."
6138 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
6139 "between types of control files."
6145 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
6146 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
6147 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
6153 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
6154 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
6155 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
6156 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
6162 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
6163 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
6164 "(I<debian/control>) and in L<deb-origin(5)> files. These comment lines are "
6165 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
6170 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
6175 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
6179 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6181 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
6185 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6187 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
6188 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
6191 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6193 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
6194 "host architecture for package building."
6198 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6200 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
6201 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
6202 "to L<dpkg(1)>, and cannot be set at the command line."
6206 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6208 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
6209 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
6210 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default "
6211 "is determined by an external call to L<gcc(1)>, or the same as the build "
6212 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
6213 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
6214 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, "
6215 "because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the "
6220 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6221 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod
6222 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6223 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
6228 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6230 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
6231 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6234 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6236 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
6237 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
6241 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6243 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
6244 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6247 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6249 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6250 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
6251 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
6252 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6257 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6259 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6260 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6263 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6265 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6266 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
6267 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
6268 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6273 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6275 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
6276 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
6279 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6280 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
6284 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6286 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
6287 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6290 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6292 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
6293 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
6297 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6299 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
6300 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
6303 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6304 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
6308 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6310 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
6311 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
6314 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6316 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
6317 "the determined value."
6321 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6323 "If the I<command-string> contains shell metacharacters, then it will be "
6324 "invoked through the system bourne shell."
6328 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6330 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
6331 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6334 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6336 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
6337 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
6338 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6342 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6343 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6344 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6345 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
6346 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
6347 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6349 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
6350 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
6353 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6354 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6355 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6356 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6357 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6358 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6359 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
6360 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6361 #: update-alternatives.pod
6362 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
6366 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6367 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6368 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6369 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6370 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6371 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
6372 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
6373 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6374 #: update-alternatives.pod
6376 msgid "B<--version>"
6377 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
6380 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6381 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6382 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6383 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6384 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6385 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6386 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6387 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6388 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
6390 msgid "Show the version and exit."
6391 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
6394 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6395 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6396 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
6397 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6398 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6399 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6400 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6401 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
6402 #: update-alternatives.pod
6407 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6409 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
6410 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6413 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6415 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
6416 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6419 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6421 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6422 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6425 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6426 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6430 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6432 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6433 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
6436 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6438 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6439 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6442 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6444 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6445 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6448 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6449 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6453 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6455 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6456 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6459 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6461 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6462 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6466 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6468 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6469 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6472 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6474 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6475 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6479 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6481 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6482 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6485 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6487 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6488 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6492 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6494 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6495 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
6498 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6500 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6501 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6505 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6507 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6508 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6511 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6513 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6514 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6515 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6516 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6517 "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>)."
6521 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6526 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6527 msgid "build machine"
6531 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6532 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6536 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6537 msgid "host machine"
6541 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6542 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6546 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6547 msgid "target machine"
6551 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6553 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6554 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6555 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6556 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6561 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6563 msgid "Debian architecture"
6564 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6567 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6569 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6570 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6574 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6576 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6577 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6580 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6582 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6583 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6584 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6585 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6586 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6590 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6592 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6593 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6596 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6598 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6599 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6600 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6601 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6602 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6606 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6607 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6611 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6612 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6616 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6617 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6621 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6623 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6627 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6628 msgid "GNU system type"
6632 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6634 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6635 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6636 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6640 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6641 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6645 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6647 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6648 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6649 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6650 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6651 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6652 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6656 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6659 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
6662 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6664 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6665 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6666 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6670 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6671 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6676 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6680 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6682 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6683 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6684 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6687 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6689 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6690 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6693 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6695 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6696 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6697 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6700 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6702 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6703 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6706 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6707 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6711 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6712 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6716 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6717 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6721 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6723 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6724 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6727 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6728 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6732 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6733 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6737 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6738 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6742 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6743 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6747 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6748 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6752 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6753 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6757 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6758 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6762 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6763 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6767 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6768 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6772 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6773 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6777 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6778 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6782 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6784 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6785 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6789 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6791 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6792 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6793 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6796 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6797 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6801 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6803 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6804 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6805 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6808 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6810 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6811 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6814 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6816 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6817 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6818 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6821 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6823 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6824 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6827 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6828 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6832 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6833 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6837 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6838 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6842 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6844 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6845 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6848 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6849 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6853 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6854 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6858 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6859 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6863 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6864 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6868 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6869 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6873 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6874 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6878 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6879 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6883 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6884 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6888 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6889 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6893 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6894 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6898 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6899 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6905 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6906 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6910 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6912 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6913 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6914 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6917 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6918 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6922 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6924 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6925 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6926 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6929 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6931 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6932 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6935 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6937 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6938 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6939 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6942 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6944 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6945 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6948 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6950 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6951 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
6952 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6955 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6956 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6960 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6962 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6963 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
6964 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6967 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6969 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6970 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6973 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6975 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6976 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
6977 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6980 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6981 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6985 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6987 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6988 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6989 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6992 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6994 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6998 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6999 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
7003 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7004 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7008 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7009 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
7013 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7014 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7018 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7019 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
7023 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7024 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7028 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7030 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7031 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
7032 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7035 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7037 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
7038 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7042 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7044 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
7045 msgid "Architecture tables"
7046 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
7049 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7051 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
7052 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
7053 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
7054 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
7055 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
7059 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7061 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
7062 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7065 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7067 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
7068 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
7072 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7074 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
7075 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7078 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7080 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
7081 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7085 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7087 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
7088 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7091 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7093 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
7094 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7098 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7100 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
7101 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7104 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7106 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
7107 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7111 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7112 msgid "Packaging support"
7116 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7118 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
7119 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7122 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7124 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
7125 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
7129 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7131 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
7132 "architecture>. Other examples:"
7136 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7139 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
7144 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7147 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
7149 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7152 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7154 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
7159 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7162 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
7164 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7167 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7170 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
7172 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7175 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7176 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
7180 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7183 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
7185 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7188 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7191 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
7193 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7196 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7197 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
7201 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7203 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
7204 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
7205 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
7206 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
7207 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
7208 "cross compilation support in your package:"
7212 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7213 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
7217 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7220 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7221 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7223 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
7224 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7226 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
7227 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7230 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
7235 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7236 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
7240 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7243 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
7248 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7251 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
7258 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7260 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
7261 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
7265 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7267 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
7268 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
7272 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7275 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
7277 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7280 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7282 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
7283 "architecture information during a package build."
7287 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7288 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
7289 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
7290 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7291 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7292 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7293 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7294 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7295 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
7298 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
7301 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7303 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7304 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
7305 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7308 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7310 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
7311 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
7316 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7317 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7318 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7319 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7320 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7321 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7322 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7323 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7325 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7326 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
7327 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7330 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7331 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7332 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7333 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7334 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
7335 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
7336 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7338 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
7339 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
7343 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7344 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7345 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7346 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7347 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7348 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7350 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7352 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7355 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7356 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7357 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7358 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7359 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7360 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7362 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7363 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
7364 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7368 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7369 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
7373 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7375 msgid "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>."
7376 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7379 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7380 msgid "dpkg-build-api - source package dpkg build API level"
7384 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7386 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
7389 " dpkg-build-api (= 1),\n"
7391 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
7394 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7396 "The source package dpkg build API level, defines a versioned interface for "
7397 "source packages, where each API level provides specific behaviors and "
7402 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7404 "These interfaces can then be adopted by packages in a gradual way, and "
7405 "phased out more easily than with global behavior changes."
7409 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7411 "The declaration of this API level is done through build-dependencies, in one "
7412 "of B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> or B<Build-Depends-Arch>, or via "
7413 "the environment variable B<DPKG_BUILD_API>, which will override these if "
7414 "both are present, and might emit a warning in case they are different."
7418 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7423 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7428 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7430 "This level is still under development, and cannot be declared via build-"
7435 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7440 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7442 msgid "This is the recommended level. Since dpkg 1.22.0."
7443 msgstr "Проект Debian"
7446 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7447 msgid "Changes from v0 are:"
7451 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7453 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> no longer uses the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
7454 "variable. The B<-l> option should be used instead."
7458 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7460 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> defaults to B<Rules-Requires-Root> value B<no>. To "
7461 "restore the B<v0> behavior B<Rules-Requires-Root> should be set to B<binary-"
7466 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7468 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> expects all required F<debian/rules> targets to be "
7469 "supported and no longer has backwards compatibility fallback code. The "
7470 "required targets are B<clean>, B<build>, B<build-indep>, B<build-arch>, "
7471 "B<binary-indep> and B<binary-arch>."
7475 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7477 "B<vendor.mk> defaults to using B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v1> for the "
7478 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> macro. To restore the B<v0> behavior set "
7479 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> to B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v0>."
7483 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7484 msgid "B<default.mk> defaults to including B<buildtools.mk>."
7488 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7493 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7495 "This is the current global level, equivalent to not specifying one. The "
7496 "interfaces and behaviors provided are subject to the normal global interface "
7497 "updates, which tend to require longer deprecation cycles and/or coordinated "
7502 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7504 #| msgid "deb-control"
7505 msgid "L<deb-src-control(5)>."
7506 msgstr "deb-control"
7509 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7510 msgid "dpkg-buildapi - returns the build API level to use during package build"
7514 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7516 msgid "B<dpkg-buildapi> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7517 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7520 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7522 "B<dpkg-buildapi> is a tool to retrieve the L<dpkg-build-api(7)> level to use "
7523 "during build of source Debian packages."
7527 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7528 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.0."
7532 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7533 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7534 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
7537 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
7540 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
7542 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
7546 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7548 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
7549 "default is F<debian/control>."
7553 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7555 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7556 msgid "B<DPKG_BUILD_API>"
7557 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7560 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7562 "The build API level to use. This is intended to be used internally by the "
7563 "tools executed from F<debian/rules> to avoid having to parse F<debian/"
7564 "control> multiple times, and not to set the global build API level from "
7565 "F<debian/rules>, otherwise build drivers (such as L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>) "
7570 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7572 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7573 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildapi.mk>"
7574 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7577 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7578 msgid "Makefile snippet that will parse the build API level."
7582 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7583 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
7587 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7589 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7590 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7593 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7595 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
7596 "build of Debian packages."
7600 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7602 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
7603 "overridden in several ways:"
7607 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7612 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7613 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
7617 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7622 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7624 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7625 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7629 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7634 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7636 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section L</"
7641 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7646 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7648 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7649 "B<debian/rules> (see section L</ENVIRONMENT>)."
7653 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7654 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7658 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7660 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7661 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7664 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7665 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7669 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7671 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7672 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7675 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7677 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>. "
7678 "Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7682 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7684 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7685 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7688 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7690 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7691 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7696 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7698 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7699 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7702 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7704 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7705 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7706 "non-empty. Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7710 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7712 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7713 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7717 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7718 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.7."
7722 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7725 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
7728 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7730 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7731 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7732 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7736 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7742 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7744 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7745 "the L</SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7749 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7752 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
7755 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7757 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of B<dpkg-"
7758 "buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, current "
7759 "vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags "
7760 "with their origin."
7764 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7766 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7767 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7768 "problems related to them."
7772 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7774 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7775 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
7778 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7780 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7781 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7782 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7783 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7784 "environment. Supported formats:"
7788 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7793 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7795 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7796 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7797 "evaluation by a shell."
7801 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7806 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7808 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7809 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7814 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7816 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
7817 msgid "B<configure>"
7818 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
7821 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7822 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7826 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7831 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7833 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7834 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7835 "using an B<include> directive."
7839 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7841 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7842 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7845 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7847 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7848 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7852 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7854 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7855 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7858 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7860 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7861 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7866 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7869 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
7872 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7873 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7877 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7883 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7884 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7888 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7894 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7895 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7899 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7905 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7906 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7910 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7916 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7918 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of the "
7919 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7920 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7921 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7922 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7926 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7927 msgid "For example:"
7931 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7936 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
7941 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7953 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7956 " Area: hardening\n"
7965 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7968 " Area: reproducible\n"
7976 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7980 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
7986 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7990 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
7996 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7998 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
7999 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
8002 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8004 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
8005 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
8006 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
8007 "See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for more details about the currently "
8008 "recognized areas. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits with 1."
8012 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8014 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
8018 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8028 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8031 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
8037 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8038 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
8042 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8048 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8050 "Options for the host assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
8054 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8060 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8062 "Options for the host C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8063 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8064 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
8068 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8073 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8074 msgid "Options for the host C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
8078 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8083 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8084 msgid "Options for the host C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
8088 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8090 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
8094 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8096 "Options for the host Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8101 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8103 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
8107 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8109 "Options for the host Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>. Since "
8114 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8120 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8121 msgid "Options for the host D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
8125 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8130 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8131 msgid "Options for the host Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
8135 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8143 "Options for the host Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8148 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8153 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8155 "Options passed to the host compiler when linking executables or shared "
8156 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8157 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty."
8161 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8163 msgid "B<ASFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8167 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8169 "Options for the build assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8173 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8175 msgid "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8179 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8181 "Options for the build C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8182 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8183 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>). Since "
8188 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8190 msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8194 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8196 "Options for the build C preprocessor. Default value: empty. Since dpkg "
8201 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8203 msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8207 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8209 "Options for the build C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since "
8214 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8216 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8220 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8222 "Options for the build Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8223 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8227 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8229 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8233 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8235 "Options for the build Objective C++ compiler. Same as "
8236 "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8240 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8242 msgid "B<DFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8246 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8247 msgid "Options for the build D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8251 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8253 msgid "B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8257 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8259 "Options for the build Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of "
8260 "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8264 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8266 msgid "B<FCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8270 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8272 "Options for the build Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8273 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8277 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8279 msgid "B<LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8283 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8285 "Options passed to the build compiler when linking executables or shared "
8286 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8287 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8291 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8293 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
8294 "support other languages)."
8298 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8299 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
8303 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8305 "Feature areas are currently vendor specific, and the ones described below "
8306 "are only recognized on Debian and derivatives."
8310 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8312 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8313 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
8314 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. Following the general syntax of these variables "
8315 "(described in L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>), multiple feature areas can be "
8316 "specified separated by spaces, where each get feature specifiers as "
8317 "mandatory parameters after an equal sign (‘B<=>’). The feature specifiers "
8318 "are comma-separated and parsed from left to right, where the settings within "
8319 "the same feature specifier override previous ones, even if the feature "
8320 "specifiers are split across multiple space-separated feature area settings "
8321 "for the same area."
8325 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8327 "For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” feature and disable the "
8328 "“fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
8332 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8335 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
8340 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8342 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
8343 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
8344 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
8349 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8352 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
8357 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8358 msgid "Multiple feature areas can be set:"
8362 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8365 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie abi=+lfs\n"
8370 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8372 "The override behavior applies as much to the B<all> special feature, as to "
8373 "specific features, which should allow for composition. Thus to enable “lfs” "
8374 "in the B<abi> area, and only “pie” and “fortify” in the B<hardening> area, "
8375 "but “format” only when CONDITION is defined, this could be done with:"
8379 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8382 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+pie,+format abi=+lfs\n"
8384 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=+fortify\n"
8385 " ifdef CONDITION\n"
8386 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=-format\n"
8392 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8397 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8399 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8400 "that can change the ABI of a package, but cannot be enabled by default due "
8401 "to backwards compatibility reasons unless coordinated or checked "
8406 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8411 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8413 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables Large File "
8414 "Support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by "
8415 "default, by adding B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to "
8420 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8422 "When this feature is enabled it will override the value from the same "
8423 "feature in the B<future> feature area."
8427 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8430 msgstr "B<installed>"
8433 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8435 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default except for i386, hurd-"
8436 "i386 and kfreebsd-i386 since dpkg 1.22.5) enables 64-bit time_t support on "
8437 "32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include it by default, by "
8438 "adding B<-D_TIME_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This setting automatically "
8439 "enables the B<lfs> feature from the B<abi> feature area, and the B<bug-"
8440 "implicit-func> feature from the B<qa> feature area as it requires them."
8444 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8446 "If the setting is enabled explicitly then it gets enabled on all "
8447 "architectures including i386 but not hurd-i386 nor kfreebsd-i386 (where the "
8448 "kernel does not have time64 interfaces), ignoring the binary backwards "
8449 "compatibility default."
8453 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8455 "It is also enabled by default by gcc on the armel, armhf, hppa, m68k, mips, "
8456 "mipsel, powerpc and sh4 Debian architectures, where disabling the feature "
8457 "will add instead B<-U_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -U_FILE_OFFSET_BITS -U_TIME_BITS> to "
8462 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8467 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8469 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8470 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
8475 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8477 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.0; disabled by default) is now an alias for "
8478 "the B<lfs> feature in the B<abi> area, use that instead. The feature from "
8479 "the B<abi> area overrides this setting."
8483 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8488 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8490 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
8491 "problems in the source code or build system."
8495 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8496 msgid "B<bug-implicit-func>"
8500 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8502 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.3; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8503 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> to B<CFLAGS>."
8507 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8510 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8513 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8515 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.4; disabled by default) adds any warning "
8516 "option that reliably detects problematic source code. The warnings are "
8517 "fatal. The only currently supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> "
8518 "with flags set to B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-"
8519 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
8523 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8525 "This feature handles B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> via the B<bug-"
8526 "implicit-func> feature, if that has not been specified."
8530 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8535 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8537 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; disabled by default) adds dummy canary "
8538 "options to the build flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how "
8539 "the build flags propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build "
8540 "flag settings. The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, "
8541 "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
8542 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
8543 "canary->I<random-id>."
8547 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8552 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8554 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
8555 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: enabling B<all> these "
8556 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
8560 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8565 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8567 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
8568 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8569 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<FCFLAGS> and "
8574 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8579 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8581 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
8582 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
8583 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options "
8584 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
8585 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
8589 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8594 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8596 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8597 "fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-"
8598 "pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>."
8602 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8605 msgstr "B<installed>"
8608 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8610 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8611 "fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8615 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8620 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8622 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8623 "fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It gets automatically disabled if either the "
8624 "B<address> or the B<thread> features are enabled, as they imply it."
8628 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8630 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
8631 msgid "B<undefined>"
8632 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
8635 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8637 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8638 "fsanitize=undefined> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8642 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8647 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8649 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
8650 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
8651 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
8652 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
8656 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8659 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
8662 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8664 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -"
8665 "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and "
8666 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string uses, and will "
8667 "fail when format functions are used in a way that represent possible "
8668 "security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and "
8669 "B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and there "
8670 "are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", "
8671 "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from untrusted "
8672 "input and contains ‘%n’."
8676 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8681 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8683 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-"
8684 "D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler "
8685 "knows a great deal of information about buffer sizes (where possible), and "
8686 "attempts to replace insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with "
8687 "length-limited ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. "
8688 "Additionally, format strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are "
8689 "blocked. If an application depends on such a format string, it will need to "
8694 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8696 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
8697 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
8698 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
8699 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
8703 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8704 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
8708 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8710 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong "
8711 "is not in use) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to "
8712 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
8713 "B<FCFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders "
8714 "many potential code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best "
8715 "case this turns code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or "
8716 "into non-issues (depending on the application)."
8720 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8722 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
8723 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
8724 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
8728 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8729 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
8733 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8735 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.11; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-"
8736 "protector-strong> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, "
8737 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, "
8738 "but without significant performance penalties."
8742 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8743 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
8747 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8749 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
8750 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
8754 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8756 msgid "B<stackclash>"
8757 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
8760 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8762 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-clash-"
8763 "protection> on B<amd64>, B<arm64>, B<armhf> and B<armel> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8764 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8765 "adds code to prevent stack clash style attacks."
8769 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8774 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8776 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fcf-protection> "
8777 "on B<amd64> and B<-mbranch-protection=standard> on B<arm64> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8778 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8779 "adds branch protection to indirect calls, jumps and returns to check whether "
8780 "these are valid at run-time."
8784 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8791 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8793 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to "
8794 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be "
8795 "written to by the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-"
8796 "only before turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents "
8797 "GOT overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
8802 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8807 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8809 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to "
8810 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing "
8811 "for the entire PLT to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The "
8812 "option cannot become enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
8816 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8821 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8823 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, "
8824 "as it is enabled by default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, "
8825 "hurd-i386, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, "
8826 "powerpc, ppc64, ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian "
8827 "architectures) adds the required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc "
8828 "specs files, if needed, depending on whether gcc injects on that "
8829 "architecture the flags by itself or not. When the setting is enabled and "
8830 "gcc injects the flags, it adds nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc "
8831 "does not inject the flags, it adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler."
8832 "specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
8833 "and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
8834 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
8835 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
8836 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
8837 "fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) to B<LDFLAGS>."
8841 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8843 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
8844 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
8845 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
8846 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
8847 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
8848 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
8849 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
8850 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
8855 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8857 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
8858 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
8859 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
8860 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
8864 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8866 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
8867 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
8868 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
8872 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8877 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8878 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
8882 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8888 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8889 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
8893 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8899 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8900 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
8904 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8906 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
8907 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
8908 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
8909 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
8910 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
8911 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
8912 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
8913 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
8914 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
8915 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note>: This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8920 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8922 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8923 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8924 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8925 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8926 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8927 "worst-case penalty."
8931 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8932 msgid "reproducible"
8936 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8938 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
8939 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
8940 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
8945 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8948 msgstr "B<installed>"
8951 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8953 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to "
8954 "B<CPPFLAGS>. This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and "
8955 "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used."
8959 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8961 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
8962 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8965 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8967 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.1; enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-"
8968 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8969 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8970 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8971 "removing the build path from any generated file."
8975 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8977 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
8978 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
8982 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8984 "B<Note>: If the build process captures the build flags into the resulting "
8985 "built objects, that will make the package unreproducible. And while "
8986 "disabling this option might make some of the objects reproducible again this "
8987 "would also require disabling B<fixdebugpath>, which might make any generated "
8988 "debug symbols objects unreproducible. The ideal fix is to stop capturing "
8993 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8995 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
8996 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8999 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9001 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.5; enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-"
9002 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
9003 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
9004 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
9005 "removing the build path from any generated debug symbols."
9009 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9011 "B<Note>: This feature has similar reproducible properties as B<fixfilepath>."
9015 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9017 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
9018 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
9019 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
9020 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
9021 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
9026 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9027 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
9031 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9032 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9036 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9038 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
9042 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9043 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9047 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9048 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9052 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9054 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
9055 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
9059 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9060 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
9064 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9065 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9069 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9071 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
9072 "returned for the given I<flag>."
9076 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9077 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9081 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9082 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9086 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9088 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
9089 "returned for the given I<flag>."
9093 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
9094 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
9098 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9099 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9103 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9105 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
9106 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
9107 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
9108 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for "
9113 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
9114 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
9118 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
9120 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
9121 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
9125 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9127 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9128 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
9129 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9132 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9134 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
9135 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
9136 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
9140 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9142 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
9143 msgid "Configuration files"
9144 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
9147 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9149 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9150 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
9151 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9154 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9155 msgid "System wide configuration file."
9159 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9161 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9162 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
9163 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9166 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9168 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9169 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
9170 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9173 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9174 msgid "User configuration file."
9178 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9180 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9181 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
9182 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9185 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9187 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
9188 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
9192 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9193 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
9197 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9200 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9205 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9208 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9213 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9215 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
9216 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
9220 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9223 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
9228 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9229 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
9233 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9236 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
9237 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
9242 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9244 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
9245 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
9246 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
9247 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely "
9248 "on this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
9252 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9254 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
9255 "options to configure or L<make(1)> directly, as shown above."
9259 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9261 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
9262 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
9263 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
9264 "storing the build flags in make variables."
9268 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9270 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
9271 "picked up by your build system):"
9275 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9278 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
9279 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9284 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9286 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
9287 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
9291 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9294 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9295 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
9300 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9301 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
9305 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9308 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9310 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
9315 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9316 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
9320 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9322 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
9323 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
9326 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9328 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
9329 "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
9333 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9339 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9341 "It runs the B<preinit> hook before reading any source file. It prepares the "
9342 "build environment by setting various environment variables (see "
9343 "B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --before-"
9344 "build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
9348 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9354 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9357 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
9358 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
9359 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9362 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9368 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9370 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
9371 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs "
9372 "the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the "
9373 "build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
9377 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9383 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9385 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
9386 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
9387 "equivalent options)."
9391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9397 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9399 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
9400 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
9401 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
9402 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
9403 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
9404 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
9405 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
9406 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
9407 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
9408 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
9412 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9418 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9420 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
9421 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
9422 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>."
9426 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9432 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9434 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
9435 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
9436 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
9440 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9442 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9443 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>"
9444 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9447 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9449 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9450 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>"
9451 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9454 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9456 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9457 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>."
9458 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9461 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9462 msgid "Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9466 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9472 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9474 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
9475 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
9479 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9485 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9486 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
9490 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9495 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9497 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
9498 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
9503 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9508 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9510 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
9511 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
9512 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
9513 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
9514 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
9515 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
9519 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9524 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9525 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
9529 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9532 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
9533 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
9534 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
9535 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
9538 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
9539 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
9540 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
9541 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
9542 "начинается с B<#>)."
9545 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9547 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
9548 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9551 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9553 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
9554 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
9555 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
9556 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9560 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9561 msgid "The allowed values are:"
9565 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9568 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9571 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9573 msgid "Builds the source package."
9574 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
9577 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9579 "B<Note>: When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
9580 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
9581 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
9582 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
9583 "the B<clean> target."
9587 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9592 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9593 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
9597 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9603 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9604 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
9608 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9610 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
9611 "an alias for B<any,all>."
9615 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9620 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9622 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
9623 "the default case when no build option is specified."
9627 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9632 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9633 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9637 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
9642 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9643 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9647 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9653 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9654 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
9658 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9663 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9664 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
9668 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9674 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9675 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
9679 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9685 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9686 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
9690 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9695 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9697 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
9698 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
9702 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9704 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
9705 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9708 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9710 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
9711 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9714 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9716 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
9717 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9720 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9722 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
9723 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
9724 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
9725 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
9726 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
9727 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
9728 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
9729 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
9733 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9735 msgid "B<--as-root>"
9736 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9739 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9741 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
9742 "that the target be run with root rights."
9746 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9752 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9758 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9764 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
9765 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
9767 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
9768 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
9771 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9773 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
9774 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
9777 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9778 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
9782 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9783 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
9787 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9788 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9792 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9794 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9795 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9798 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9800 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9801 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9804 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9805 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9809 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9811 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9812 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9815 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9817 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9818 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9821 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9822 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9826 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9828 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
9829 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
9830 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
9834 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9836 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
9837 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
9838 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
9842 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9844 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
9845 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9848 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9850 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
9851 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
9855 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9857 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
9858 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9861 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9863 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
9864 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
9865 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
9869 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9871 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9875 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9877 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
9878 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
9879 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
9880 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
9881 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
9885 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9887 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9888 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9891 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9893 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
9894 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
9895 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
9896 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
9897 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
9898 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
9899 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
9904 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9906 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9907 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
9908 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
9909 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9910 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
9911 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
9912 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
9913 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
9914 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
9919 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9921 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9922 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9925 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9927 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
9928 "to the B<-j> above."
9932 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9934 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
9935 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
9940 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9942 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9943 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9946 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9948 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
9949 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
9950 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
9951 "environment variable."
9955 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9957 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
9958 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
9959 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
9960 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
9964 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9966 "B<Note>: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
9967 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
9968 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
9972 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9974 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
9975 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
9978 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9981 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
9982 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
9983 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9986 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9988 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
9989 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9992 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9995 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
9997 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
10000 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10002 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
10003 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10006 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10008 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
10009 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
10010 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
10014 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10016 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
10017 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10020 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10022 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
10023 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
10027 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10029 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
10030 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10033 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10035 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
10036 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
10037 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
10042 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10044 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
10045 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
10048 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10051 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
10052 "default behavior."
10053 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10056 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10058 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
10059 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10062 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10064 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
10065 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10069 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10071 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
10072 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10075 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10077 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
10078 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
10082 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10084 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
10085 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
10088 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10090 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
10091 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
10092 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
10093 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
10094 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
10095 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
10099 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10101 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
10102 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10105 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10107 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
10108 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
10109 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
10110 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
10111 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
10112 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
10113 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
10114 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
10115 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
10116 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
10117 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
10122 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10124 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
10125 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
10128 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10130 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
10131 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
10132 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
10133 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
10134 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
10135 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
10136 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
10140 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10141 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
10145 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10147 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
10148 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
10149 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
10153 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10155 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
10156 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10159 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10161 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
10162 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
10167 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10168 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
10172 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10174 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
10175 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
10176 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
10177 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
10178 "source directory."
10182 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10184 "Some hooks can receive addition information through environment variables "
10185 "(since dpkg 1.22.0). All hooks get the hook name in the "
10186 "B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_NAME> environment variable (since dpkg 1.22.0)."
10190 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10192 "B<Note>: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
10193 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
10197 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10198 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
10202 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10204 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
10206 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
10209 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10211 #| msgid "B<install>"
10213 msgstr "B<install>"
10216 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10218 msgid "B<preclean>"
10219 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
10222 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10224 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_SOURCE_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10225 "of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-source> call."
10229 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10231 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILD_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10232 "rules> build target called, but only if called."
10236 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10238 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BINARY_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10239 "rules> binary target called, but only if called."
10243 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10245 msgid "B<buildinfo>"
10246 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10249 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10251 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILDINFO_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10252 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> call."
10256 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10262 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10264 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHANGES_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10265 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genchanges> call."
10269 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10271 msgid "B<postclean>"
10272 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10275 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10277 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10279 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10282 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10284 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHECK_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10285 "of options that will passed to the check command call."
10289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10291 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10293 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10296 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10301 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10303 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
10304 "will get applied to it before execution:"
10308 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10313 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10314 msgid "A single % character."
10318 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10323 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10325 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
10330 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10335 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
10337 msgid "The source package name."
10338 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
10341 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10346 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10347 msgid "The source package version."
10351 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10356 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10357 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
10361 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10366 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10368 msgid "The upstream version."
10369 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10374 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
10375 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10378 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10381 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10382 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10385 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10387 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
10388 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10393 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
10394 "used multiple times."
10398 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10400 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
10401 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10404 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10406 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
10407 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10411 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10413 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
10414 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
10418 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10421 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10424 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10425 msgid "(any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
10429 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10434 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10435 msgid "(from Sequoia-PGP)"
10439 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10444 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10445 msgid "(from GnuPG)"
10449 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10451 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
10452 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10455 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10457 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
10458 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file, a B<.buildinfo> file or a B<.changes> "
10459 "file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) "
10460 "instead of the default or auto-detected backend command (long option since "
10461 "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the backend specific arguments "
10462 "according to the B<--sign-backend> selected. I<sign-command> should not "
10463 "contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
10467 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10469 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
10470 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10473 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10475 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
10476 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10479 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10481 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
10482 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
10483 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10487 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10489 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
10490 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10493 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10495 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
10496 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10500 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10502 "B<Note>: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
10507 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10509 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
10510 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10513 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10515 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10516 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10519 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10521 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
10522 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10525 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10527 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
10528 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10531 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10533 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
10534 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
10537 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10540 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
10542 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10545 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10547 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10548 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
10549 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10552 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10554 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
10555 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
10559 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10561 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
10562 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10565 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10567 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
10568 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
10569 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
10573 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10579 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10585 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10591 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10597 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10603 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10609 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10615 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10621 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10627 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10629 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
10630 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10633 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10635 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
10636 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
10639 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10641 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
10642 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10645 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10647 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
10648 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10651 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10652 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
10656 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10658 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
10659 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10662 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10664 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10669 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10671 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10672 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
10673 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
10676 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10679 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10680 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10683 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10685 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
10686 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10689 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10691 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10696 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
10697 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10698 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10702 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10704 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
10705 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10708 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
10710 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
10711 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
10715 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10716 msgid "External environment"
10720 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10721 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
10725 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10727 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
10728 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
10732 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10733 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
10737 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10739 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10740 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
10744 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10746 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10747 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
10748 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10751 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10753 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10754 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
10758 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10760 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that affect the "
10761 "behavior of some dpkg tools involved in package building, and might affect "
10762 "the package build process if the code in F<debian/rules> honors them. These "
10763 "options can have parameters specified immediately after an equal sign "
10764 "(‘B<=>‘). For options that support multiple parameters, these will not be "
10765 "separated by spaces, as these are reserved to separate options."
10769 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10771 "The following are the options known and supported by dpkg tools, other "
10772 "options honored by F<debian/rules> might be defined by distribution specific "
10777 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10778 msgid "B<parallel=>I<N>"
10782 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10784 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging might use this option to set up the "
10785 "build process to use I<N> parallel jobs. It is overridden by the B<--jobs> "
10786 "and B<--jobs-force> options."
10790 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10792 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10794 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10799 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will ignore the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable. The "
10800 "F<debian/rules> in the packaging is not expected to run test suites during "
10805 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10810 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10812 "If F<debian/rules> calls B<dpkg-buildflags> to set up the build flags, those "
10813 "will be set to not enable any optimizations."
10817 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10822 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10824 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging should ensure that objects do not get "
10825 "the debugging information stripped. If F<debian/rules> includes the B<mk/"
10826 "buildtools.mk> make fragment the B<STRIP> make variable will respect this "
10831 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10834 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
10837 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10839 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will append the B<--no-print-directory> L<make(1)> flag "
10840 "to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable. The F<debian/rules> in the "
10841 "packaging should reduce verbosity, while not being completely quiet."
10845 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10847 msgid "B<hardening=>I<feature-spec>"
10848 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10851 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10852 msgid "B<reproducible=>I<feature-spec>"
10856 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10858 msgid "B<abi=>I<feature-spec>"
10859 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10862 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10863 msgid "B<future=>I<feature-spec>"
10867 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10869 msgid "B<qa=>I<feature-spec>"
10870 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10873 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10874 msgid "B<optimize=>I<feature-spec>"
10878 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10880 msgid "B<sanitize=>I<feature-spec>"
10881 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10884 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10886 "These are feature areas that control build flag features. See L<dpkg-"
10887 "buildflags(1)> for further details."
10891 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10892 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
10896 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10898 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
10899 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
10900 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
10904 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10905 msgid "Internal environment"
10909 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10911 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
10912 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
10913 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
10914 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
10918 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10919 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
10923 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10925 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10926 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
10927 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10930 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10932 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10933 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
10934 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10937 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10939 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
10940 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
10941 "the build environment."
10945 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10946 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
10950 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10952 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
10953 "field, the dpkg-build-api level or from the command-line. When set, it will "
10954 "be a valid value for the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify "
10955 "B<debian/rules> whether the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is "
10960 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10962 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10963 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
10964 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10967 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10969 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
10970 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
10974 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
10975 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
10979 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10981 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
10982 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
10986 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10988 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10989 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
10990 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10993 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10995 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
10996 msgid "System wide configuration file"
10997 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
11000 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11002 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11003 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
11004 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11007 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11009 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11010 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
11011 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11014 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11015 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
11019 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11021 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
11022 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
11023 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
11027 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11028 msgid "Default build targets"
11032 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11034 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
11035 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid "
11036 "breakages of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source "
11037 "package does not build both architecture independent and dependent binary "
11038 "packages (since dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if "
11039 "B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code."
11043 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod
11044 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod
11049 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11051 "Building binary or source packages should only be performed over trusted "
11056 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11058 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
11059 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
11063 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11066 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<dpkg-source(1)>, L<dpkg-"
11067 "architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>, L<dpkg-"
11068 "genchanges(1)>, L<fakeroot(1)>, L<lintian(1)>, L<https://datatracker.ietf."
11069 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, L<sq(1)>, L<gpg(1)>."
11070 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11073 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11074 msgid "dpkg-buildtree - helper for build tree operations during package builds"
11078 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11080 msgid "B<dpkg-buildtree> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
11081 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11084 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11086 "B<dpkg-buildtree> is a tool to perform common operations on the build tree "
11087 "for a source package."
11091 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11093 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.3."
11094 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
11097 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11099 "Removes all artifacts generated during a build by the various dpkg tools, "
11100 "and pathnames used or controlled by dpkg tools that are safe to clean. "
11101 "These files are used to track state between package build runs, and are in "
11102 "many cases internal implementation details the packager should not be "
11103 "concerned about, or are staging directories containing build artifacts."
11107 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11109 msgid "Cleaned files"
11110 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11113 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11115 msgid "F<debian/files>"
11116 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11119 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11121 msgid "F<debian/files.new>"
11122 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11125 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11127 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
11128 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11131 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11133 msgid "F<debian/substvars>"
11134 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
11137 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11139 msgid "F<debian/substvars.new>"
11140 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
11143 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11144 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
11148 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11150 msgid "F<debian/tmp>"
11151 msgstr "deb-control"
11154 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11156 "Staging directory containing the contents to be used when creating a "
11157 "package. Both L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)> and L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> generate "
11162 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11164 "You can call B<dpkg-buildtree clean> from the F<debian/rules> B<clean> "
11165 "target, after having performed other necessary cleanups."
11169 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11170 msgid "For example for an autoconf-like build system:"
11174 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11178 " \t[ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean\n"
11179 " \tdpkg-buildtree clean\n"
11184 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11185 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
11186 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
11189 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11191 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
11192 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11195 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11197 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
11198 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
11199 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
11201 "Эта программа проверяет установленные в системе пакеты на предмет сборочных "
11202 "зависимостей и конфликтов, описанных в файле control. Если какие-то из этих "
11203 "зависимостей или конфликтов не удовлетворены, то об этом сообщается и работа "
11204 "завершается с ненулевым кодом возврата."
11207 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11210 #| "By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename "
11211 #| "may be specified on the command line."
11213 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
11214 "be specified on the command line."
11216 "По умолчанию читается I<debian/control>, но в командной строке можно задать "
11217 "другое имя файла control."
11220 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11223 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
11226 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
11227 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
11228 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
11230 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
11231 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
11234 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11237 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
11240 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
11241 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
11242 "source package is to be built."
11244 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
11245 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
11248 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11253 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11255 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
11256 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
11257 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
11261 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11262 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
11266 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11267 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
11271 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11273 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
11274 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
11278 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11280 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
11281 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
11284 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11286 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11287 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
11288 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
11292 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11293 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
11297 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11299 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11300 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
11301 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
11305 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11307 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
11308 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
11314 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
11320 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11321 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11327 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
11329 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
11334 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
11340 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
11341 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
11342 "and run it for you."
11348 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
11349 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
11350 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
11351 "command description."
11357 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
11358 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11363 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
11364 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
11365 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. "
11366 "This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem "
11367 "archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's "
11368 "control information area."
11374 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
11375 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
11376 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
11377 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
11378 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
11384 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
11385 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
11390 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
11396 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
11397 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
11398 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
11399 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
11400 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
11406 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
11407 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11412 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
11413 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
11418 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
11419 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
11425 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
11426 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
11427 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
11434 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
11435 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
11440 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
11441 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
11442 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
11448 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
11449 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11454 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
11455 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
11460 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
11467 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
11468 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
11469 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
11470 "name (and a colon and space)."
11475 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
11479 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11481 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
11482 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11487 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
11488 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
11493 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11495 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11496 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11501 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
11508 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
11509 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
11515 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
11516 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
11520 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11522 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11523 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11528 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
11529 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
11535 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11536 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11541 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
11542 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
11543 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
11549 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
11555 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
11556 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
11560 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11562 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
11563 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11568 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
11569 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with L<tar(1)> this "
11570 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
11571 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
11575 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11576 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
11582 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
11583 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with L<tar(1)> this can be used "
11584 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
11585 "always be processed sequentially."
11589 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11591 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
11592 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11597 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
11598 "specified directory."
11604 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
11605 "directory is used."
11610 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
11616 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
11617 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
11623 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
11624 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
11625 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
11626 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
11627 "showformat> option in L<dpkg-query(1)>."
11632 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
11638 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
11639 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11644 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
11645 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
11646 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
11647 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
11648 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
11649 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
11655 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
11656 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11661 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
11662 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
11663 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
11664 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
11670 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
11671 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11676 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
11677 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
11678 "and B<none> (default is B<%DEB_DEFAULT_COMPRESSOR%>)."
11684 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
11685 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11690 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
11691 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
11692 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
11693 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
11694 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
11695 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
11700 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
11702 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
11703 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
11708 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
11709 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
11714 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
11720 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
11721 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
11727 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
11728 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
11729 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
11730 "of a meta manifest."
11736 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
11737 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
11742 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
11743 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
11744 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
11750 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
11751 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
11752 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
11758 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
11759 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11764 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
11765 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
11769 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
11771 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
11772 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
11777 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
11778 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
11784 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
11785 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
11789 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
11793 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11794 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11795 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11796 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
11800 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11801 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11802 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11807 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11808 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
11812 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11813 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11814 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11819 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11820 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11822 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
11823 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
11824 "allocations, etc."
11830 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11831 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
11832 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11836 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
11842 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11843 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
11844 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11849 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11850 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
11854 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
11860 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11861 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
11862 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11867 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11868 msgstr "Проект Debian"
11872 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
11876 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11883 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
11884 "temporary files and directories."
11890 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
11891 "L<deb(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container and used to clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> "
11898 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
11899 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
11900 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
11906 "Examining untrusted package archives or extracting them into staging "
11907 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
11908 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
11909 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted package archives should not be done "
11910 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression library supported, in "
11911 "addition to the archive formats and control files themselves. Performing "
11912 "these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
11917 msgid "Building package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
11923 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
11929 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
11930 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
11931 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
11932 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
11933 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
11940 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
11941 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>."
11942 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11945 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11946 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
11950 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11952 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
11953 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11956 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11957 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
11961 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11963 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
11964 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
11968 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11970 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
11971 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
11972 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
11976 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11977 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11979 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
11980 msgstr "I<control>"
11983 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11985 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
11990 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11992 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11993 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
11997 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11999 msgid "L<deb-src-files(5)>."
12000 msgstr "I<control>"
12004 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
12010 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
12011 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12016 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
12023 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing L<dpkg(1)> not to install a file "
12024 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
12025 "through the package maintainer scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
12026 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
12027 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
12028 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
12029 "version of a package which contains those files."
12035 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
12036 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12041 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
12048 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
12049 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12054 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
12059 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12061 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
12062 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12066 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
12072 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
12073 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12078 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
12079 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
12086 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
12087 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12091 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
12095 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
12096 #: update-alternatives.pod
12098 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
12099 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12104 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
12105 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
12109 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
12110 #: update-alternatives.pod
12112 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
12113 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12116 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12118 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
12119 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
12124 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12125 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
12127 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
12128 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12131 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12133 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
12134 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
12135 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
12142 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
12143 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
12148 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
12149 "other packages, will be diverted."
12156 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
12161 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
12162 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
12163 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally "
12164 "modified version."
12170 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
12171 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12176 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
12177 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
12181 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
12184 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
12188 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
12194 msgid "B<--rename>"
12195 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12200 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
12201 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
12202 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
12203 "no-rename> for more details)."
12209 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
12210 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12215 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
12216 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
12217 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
12218 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
12219 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
12220 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
12227 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
12231 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
12235 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
12236 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12238 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12239 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
12240 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12243 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12245 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
12246 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
12250 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
12251 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12253 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12254 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
12255 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12258 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12260 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
12261 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
12265 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
12267 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12268 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
12269 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12274 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
12275 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
12279 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12280 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
12283 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
12287 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12288 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
12290 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
12291 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
12292 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
12298 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
12299 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
12304 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
12305 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
12306 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
12312 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
12313 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
12319 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
12320 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
12326 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
12332 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, L<ldconfig(8)> creates "
12333 "a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. "
12334 "Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), the symlink "
12335 "may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the "
12336 "same SONAME as the undiverted one."
12342 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
12343 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
12344 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
12351 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12357 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
12364 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12371 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
12372 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
12379 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
12380 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12388 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12393 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12394 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
12398 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12400 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
12401 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12404 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12406 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
12407 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
12408 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
12409 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
12413 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12415 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
12416 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
12417 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
12418 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
12422 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12423 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
12427 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12428 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
12432 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12433 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
12437 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12439 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
12440 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
12444 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12445 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
12449 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12450 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
12454 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12456 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
12457 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
12461 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12463 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
12467 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12468 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
12472 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12474 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
12475 "that might need to recreate files."
12479 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12481 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
12482 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
12486 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12487 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
12491 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12492 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
12496 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12497 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
12501 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12502 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
12506 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12507 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
12511 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12513 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
12514 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
12518 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12520 #| msgid "List of available packages."
12521 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
12522 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
12525 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12526 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
12530 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12532 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
12533 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
12534 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
12538 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12540 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
12541 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
12542 "further investigation."
12546 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12548 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
12549 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
12550 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
12551 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
12555 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12556 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.6."
12560 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12562 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
12563 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12566 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12568 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
12569 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
12573 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12575 msgid "B<--prevention>"
12576 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12579 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12581 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
12582 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12585 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12587 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
12588 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
12589 "take will be prompted."
12593 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12595 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
12596 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
12600 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12602 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
12603 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12606 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12608 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
12609 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
12612 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12614 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
12615 "place, only the preparatory part."
12619 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12621 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12622 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
12623 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12626 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12627 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
12631 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12632 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
12636 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12637 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
12641 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12643 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
12644 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12647 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12649 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12650 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12651 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
12652 "buildinfo> file)."
12656 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12657 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
12661 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12662 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
12666 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12668 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12669 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12674 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12676 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12677 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12682 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12684 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
12685 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
12689 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12691 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12692 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
12696 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12698 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12699 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
12700 "build option is specified."
12704 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12706 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
12707 msgstr "I<control>"
12710 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12712 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
12713 "default is B<debian/control>."
12717 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12720 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
12721 msgstr "I<control>"
12724 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12726 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
12727 "B<debian/changelog>."
12731 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12733 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
12734 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
12738 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12741 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
12742 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12745 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12748 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> for "
12749 "information about alternative formats."
12753 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12754 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12756 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
12757 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12760 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12762 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
12763 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12764 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
12769 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12771 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
12772 msgstr "I<control>"
12775 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12777 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12778 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12779 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
12783 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12785 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
12786 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12789 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12790 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
12794 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12796 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
12797 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
12801 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12803 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
12804 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12807 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12809 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
12810 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
12814 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12816 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
12821 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12823 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
12824 "the B<.buildinfo>."
12828 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12830 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
12835 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12842 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12844 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
12845 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12849 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12851 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
12852 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
12853 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
12854 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
12855 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
12856 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
12857 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
12861 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12863 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
12864 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
12868 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12870 msgid "L<deb-buildinfo(5)>."
12871 msgstr "I<control>"
12874 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12875 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
12879 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12881 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
12882 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12885 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12887 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12888 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12889 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
12893 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12895 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
12900 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12902 msgid "Upload the source package."
12903 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
12906 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12907 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
12911 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12912 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
12916 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12918 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
12919 "an alias for B<any,all>."
12923 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12925 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
12926 "default case when no build option is specified."
12930 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12932 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
12933 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
12934 "B> haven't been used)."
12938 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12940 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
12941 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
12942 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
12947 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12948 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
12952 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12953 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
12957 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12959 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
12960 "I<version> to be used."
12964 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12966 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
12967 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
12971 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12973 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12974 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12979 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12981 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12982 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12987 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12988 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
12992 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
12994 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for a "
12995 "discussion of output substitution."
12999 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
13001 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
13002 msgstr "I<control>"
13005 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13007 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
13008 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
13009 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
13010 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
13011 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
13012 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
13017 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13019 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
13020 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
13023 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13024 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
13028 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13030 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
13031 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13034 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13035 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
13039 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13041 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
13046 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13048 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
13049 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
13050 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
13054 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13056 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
13057 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
13058 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
13062 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13064 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
13065 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
13069 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13071 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
13072 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
13076 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13079 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-src-files(5)>, L<deb-"
13080 "changelog(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>."
13081 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
13084 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13085 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
13089 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13091 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
13092 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13095 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13097 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
13098 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
13099 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
13103 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13105 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
13106 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
13107 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
13108 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
13109 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically "
13110 "it keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
13111 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
13112 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
13113 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
13117 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13119 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
13120 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
13121 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
13126 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13128 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
13133 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13134 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
13138 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13140 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for discussion "
13141 "of output substitution."
13145 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13147 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
13148 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
13149 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
13153 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13155 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
13156 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13159 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13161 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
13162 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
13163 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
13168 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13170 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
13171 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13174 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13176 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
13177 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
13181 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13182 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
13186 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13188 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
13189 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
13190 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
13191 "file. This is now the default behavior. If you want to get the old "
13192 "behavior you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
13197 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13199 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
13200 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13203 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13205 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
13206 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
13207 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
13211 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13213 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
13214 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
13215 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
13219 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13221 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
13222 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
13226 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13228 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
13229 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
13230 "control files it generates here."
13234 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13237 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-"
13239 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
13242 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13244 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
13249 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13251 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
13252 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13255 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13257 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
13258 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
13259 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
13260 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
13265 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13267 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
13268 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that "
13273 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13274 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
13278 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13280 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
13281 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
13284 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13285 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
13289 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13291 msgid "debian/symbols"
13292 msgstr "deb-control"
13295 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13297 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
13298 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
13299 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
13300 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
13301 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
13302 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
13303 "gensymbols> helps with that."
13307 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13309 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
13310 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
13311 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
13312 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
13316 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13317 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.8."
13321 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13322 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
13326 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13328 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in L<deb-"
13329 "symbols(5)>, which is used by the symbols files included in binary "
13330 "packages. These are generated from template symbols files with a format "
13331 "based on the former, described in L<deb-src-symbols(5)> and included in "
13336 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13338 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
13339 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update "
13340 "them every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal "
13341 "version matches reality."
13345 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13347 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
13348 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
13349 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
13350 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
13355 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13357 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
13358 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
13359 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
13360 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
13361 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
13362 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
13363 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
13367 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13369 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
13370 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
13371 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
13375 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13376 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
13380 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13382 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
13383 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
13384 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
13385 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
13386 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will "
13387 "introduce hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
13391 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13392 msgid "Good library management"
13396 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13397 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
13401 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13403 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
13404 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
13408 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13410 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
13411 "changes and API extension;"
13415 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13417 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
13422 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13424 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
13425 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
13426 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
13427 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
13428 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
13429 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
13430 "specific work-around."
13434 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13435 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
13439 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13441 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
13442 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
13446 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13448 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
13449 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
13453 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13455 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
13456 msgstr "I<control>"
13459 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13461 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
13462 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
13463 "L<File::Glob> manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
13464 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
13468 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13470 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
13471 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13474 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13476 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
13477 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
13481 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13483 "B<Note>: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
13484 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
13485 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
13486 "compiling for example."
13490 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13492 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
13493 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13496 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13498 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
13499 "integrated in the package itself."
13503 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13505 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
13506 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
13507 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
13508 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
13509 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
13510 "version of your library."
13514 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13520 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13522 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
13523 "with L<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
13524 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
13525 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
13526 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard L<deb-"
13527 "symbols(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
13528 "are always written to the symbol file template."
13532 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13534 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
13535 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13538 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13540 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
13541 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. "
13542 "Increasing levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
13546 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13551 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13552 msgid "Never fails."
13556 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13561 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13562 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
13566 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13571 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13572 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
13576 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13581 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13582 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
13586 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13591 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13592 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
13596 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13598 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
13599 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
13603 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13605 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
13606 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
13607 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
13608 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
13612 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13614 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
13615 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
13618 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13620 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
13621 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
13622 "binaries are already available."
13626 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13632 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13634 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
13635 "gensymbols> does."
13639 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13646 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13648 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
13649 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
13650 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
13654 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13655 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
13659 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13661 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
13662 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
13663 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
13667 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13669 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
13670 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
13671 "dsohowto.pdf>, L<deb-src-symbol(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
13675 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13677 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
13682 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13684 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
13689 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13690 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
13694 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13696 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
13697 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13700 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13701 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13705 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13707 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
13712 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13714 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13718 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13720 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13724 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13726 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
13727 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
13728 "decisions or due to current limitations."
13732 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13734 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
13735 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
13736 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
13737 "automatically adapt its behavior based on the environment variable "
13738 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
13739 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
13743 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13745 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
13749 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13751 msgid "I<prior-version>"
13752 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
13755 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13757 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
13758 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
13759 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
13760 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
13761 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
13762 "and have the operation tried only once)."
13766 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13768 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
13769 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
13770 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
13771 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
13772 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
13776 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13778 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
13779 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile "
13780 "to be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
13781 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
13782 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
13783 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
13784 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
13788 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13791 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13794 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13796 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
13797 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
13798 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
13799 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
13800 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
13801 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
13802 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
13803 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
13807 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13810 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13813 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13815 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
13816 "program after B<-->."
13820 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13821 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
13825 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13827 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
13828 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
13829 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
13830 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
13831 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
13832 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
13833 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
13834 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
13838 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13840 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
13841 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
13842 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
13847 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13848 msgid "Removing a conffile"
13852 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13854 "B<Note>: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag "
13855 "in F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
13859 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13861 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
13862 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
13863 "preserved. If the package upgrade aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
13864 "should not disappear."
13868 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13870 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
13871 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13875 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13879 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
13880 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13885 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13886 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
13890 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13892 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
13893 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
13894 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
13895 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
13896 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
13897 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
13898 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
13899 "bak> file kept up to now."
13903 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13904 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
13908 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13910 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
13911 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple "
13912 "change to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the "
13913 "user being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though "
13914 "they are not responsible of them."
13918 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13920 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13921 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13925 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13929 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
13930 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13935 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13937 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
13942 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13944 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
13945 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
13946 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
13947 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
13948 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
13949 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
13954 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13955 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
13959 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13961 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
13962 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will "
13967 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13969 "B<Note>: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to "
13970 "be shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them "
13975 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13976 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
13980 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13982 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
13983 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
13984 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13985 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
13990 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13994 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
13995 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14000 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14002 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
14003 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
14004 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
14005 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
14009 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14011 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
14012 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
14013 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
14014 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
14015 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames "
14016 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
14020 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14021 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
14025 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14027 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
14028 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
14029 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
14030 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
14031 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
14035 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14037 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
14038 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
14042 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14046 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
14047 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14052 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14054 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
14055 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
14056 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to "
14057 "the directory containing I<pathname>."
14061 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14063 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
14064 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
14065 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
14066 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
14067 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
14068 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
14069 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
14070 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
14071 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
14072 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
14073 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
14074 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
14078 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14080 #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
14081 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
14082 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
14085 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14087 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
14088 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
14089 "example L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
14093 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14095 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
14096 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
14097 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends "
14098 "on the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, "
14099 "for B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
14103 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14105 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
14107 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
14109 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14112 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14114 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
14115 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
14116 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
14121 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14125 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
14126 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
14132 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14134 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
14135 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
14136 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
14137 "case the environment is not sufficient."
14141 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14142 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
14146 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14147 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
14151 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14153 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
14154 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
14158 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14160 #| msgid "B<installed>"
14161 msgid "L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
14162 msgstr "B<installed>"
14165 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14166 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
14170 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14173 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
14174 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14177 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14179 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
14180 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
14181 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
14185 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14187 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
14188 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
14189 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
14190 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
14191 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
14192 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
14193 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
14194 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
14195 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
14199 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14201 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
14202 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
14205 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14207 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
14208 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
14212 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14214 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
14215 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
14216 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
14217 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
14222 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14224 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
14225 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
14228 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14230 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
14231 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
14235 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14237 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
14238 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
14239 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
14240 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
14244 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14247 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
14251 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14253 "Anything that is not parsed by L<Dpkg::Changelog> is lost during the merge. "
14254 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
14259 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14260 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
14264 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14266 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
14267 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
14268 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
14272 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14275 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
14276 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
14277 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
14282 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14284 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
14285 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
14290 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14292 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
14297 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
14303 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
14304 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14309 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
14310 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
14311 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
14312 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
14313 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
14314 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
14315 "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
14321 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
14322 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14326 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
14332 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
14333 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14337 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
14343 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
14344 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14349 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
14350 "destination filename."
14356 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
14357 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14362 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
14363 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
14364 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
14365 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
14366 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
14367 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
14368 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
14369 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
14370 "the B<no-section> area."
14375 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care, it is messy."
14381 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
14382 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14387 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
14388 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
14393 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care."
14399 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
14400 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14405 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
14406 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
14407 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
14408 "on how packages are installed by L<dselect(1)>/L<dpkg(1)>, but other "
14409 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
14414 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
14420 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
14421 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
14422 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
14427 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
14433 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
14434 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
14435 "no architecture information."
14440 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
14446 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
14447 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
14452 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
14457 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
14464 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<find(1)>, "
14466 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
14469 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14470 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
14474 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14476 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
14477 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14480 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14482 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
14483 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
14484 "machine-readable form."
14488 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14490 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
14491 msgstr "I<control>"
14494 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14496 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
14497 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
14501 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14503 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
14504 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14507 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14509 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
14510 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
14511 "the B<debian> standard format. See also L</CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
14515 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14517 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
14518 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14521 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14523 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
14524 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
14525 "looking for the parser perl modules."
14529 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14531 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
14532 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
14535 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14537 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
14538 "is not printed, only its value."
14542 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14543 msgid "Parser Options"
14547 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14549 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
14550 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
14554 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14556 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
14557 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
14560 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14562 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
14563 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
14564 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control "
14565 "format (see L<deb-control(5)>). If more than one entry is requested, then "
14566 "most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
14567 "except otherwise stated:"
14571 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14573 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
14574 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14577 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14579 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
14580 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
14583 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14585 "The source version number. B<Note>: For binary-only releases there might be "
14586 "no corresponding source release."
14590 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14592 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
14593 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
14596 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14598 "A space-separated list of one or more distribution names where this version "
14599 "should be installed when it is uploaded."
14603 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14605 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
14606 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14609 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14611 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
14612 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
14616 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14618 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
14619 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
14622 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14624 "The name and email address of the person who prepared these changes, they "
14625 "are B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or the usual package maintainer."
14629 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14631 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
14632 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14635 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14637 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
14638 "L<strptime(3)> format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
14639 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
14640 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
14641 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
14642 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
14646 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14648 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
14649 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14652 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14654 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
14659 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14661 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
14662 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14665 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14666 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
14670 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14672 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
14673 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14676 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14678 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
14679 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
14680 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The "
14681 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
14685 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14687 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
14688 "fields are mandatory."
14692 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14693 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
14697 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14699 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
14700 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
14704 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14706 msgid "B<--reverse>"
14707 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
14710 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14712 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14713 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
14716 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14718 "B<Note>: For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
14723 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
14726 msgstr "B<install>"
14729 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14731 "Include all changes. B<Note>: Other options have no effect when this is in "
14736 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14738 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
14739 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14742 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14744 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
14745 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14748 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14749 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
14753 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14755 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
14756 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14759 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14760 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
14764 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14766 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
14767 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14770 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14771 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
14775 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14777 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
14778 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14781 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14782 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
14786 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14788 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
14789 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14792 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14794 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
14795 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14798 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14800 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
14805 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14807 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
14808 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
14811 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14813 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
14814 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
14818 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14820 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
14821 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
14824 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14826 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
14827 "parser for that alternative format."
14831 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14833 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
14834 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
14835 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
14836 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
14840 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14841 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
14845 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14847 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
14852 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14854 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
14855 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
14856 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
14857 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
14858 "is provided by default."
14862 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14864 "The parser should be derived from the L<Dpkg::Changelog> class and implement "
14865 "the required documented interface."
14869 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14871 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
14872 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
14873 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
14877 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14879 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
14880 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
14881 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
14885 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14887 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
14888 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
14893 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14894 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
14898 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14900 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
14904 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14906 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
14911 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14913 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
14914 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
14915 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
14920 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14922 "The B<Maintainer> field has a confusing name matching the field in the "
14923 "F<debian/control> file but not its exact semantics, where its meaning would "
14924 "be better represented by the B<Changed-By> field name used in the F<."
14929 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14931 msgid "L<deb-changelog(5)>."
14932 msgstr "I<control>"
14936 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
14942 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14943 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14948 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
14949 "B<dpkg> database."
14955 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14956 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
14961 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
14962 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
14963 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
14964 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
14965 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
14966 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
14967 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
14968 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
14969 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
14977 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
14979 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
14984 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
14985 "status, and errors, in that order."
14990 msgid "Desired action:"
14995 msgid "u = Unknown"
15001 msgid "i = Install"
15002 msgstr "B<install>"
15021 msgid "Package status:"
15027 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
15028 msgid "n = Not-installed"
15029 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
15034 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
15035 msgid "c = Config-files"
15036 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15041 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
15042 msgid "H = Half-installed"
15043 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
15048 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
15049 msgid "U = Unpacked"
15050 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15055 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
15056 msgid "F = Half-configured"
15057 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
15061 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
15066 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
15072 #| msgid "B<installed>"
15073 msgid "i = Installed"
15074 msgstr "B<installed>"
15078 msgid "Error flags:"
15083 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
15088 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
15094 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
15095 "severe problems. Please refer to L<dpkg(1)> for information about the above "
15096 "states and flags."
15102 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
15103 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
15104 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
15105 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
15111 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
15112 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15117 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
15118 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
15119 "showformat> option."
15125 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
15126 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
15127 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
15128 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
15129 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15135 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
15136 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
15141 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
15142 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
15143 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
15144 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
15145 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
15146 "specified on the argument list."
15150 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15152 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
15153 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
15158 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
15159 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
15160 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15166 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
15167 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
15175 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15176 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15177 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15184 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15185 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results. On some systems this might also "
15186 "require adapting the B<LANGUAGE> environment variable appropriately if it is "
15187 "already set (see L<locale(7)>)."
15193 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
15194 "will it list alternatives."
15200 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
15201 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
15206 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
15207 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
15213 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
15214 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
15219 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
15220 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
15226 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
15227 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
15232 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
15233 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
15234 "path for that control file if it is present."
15240 "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
15241 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
15242 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
15243 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where "
15244 "this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm "
15245 "maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this "
15246 "command will not get removed."
15250 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15252 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
15253 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15258 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
15259 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
15260 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
15261 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
15267 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
15268 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
15269 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
15270 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
15271 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
15272 "literal path lookup will be performed."
15278 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
15279 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
15280 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
15281 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
15288 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
15289 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
15295 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
15303 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15304 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15310 msgid "or for local diversions:"
15318 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15319 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15326 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15327 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
15333 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
15334 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
15339 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
15340 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
15341 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
15342 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
15343 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15349 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
15350 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
15356 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
15361 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15363 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
15364 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
15367 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15369 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
15370 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15376 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
15377 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
15382 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
15383 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
15388 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15390 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
15391 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
15394 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15397 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15398 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15403 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
15404 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
15409 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
15410 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
15411 "be output for each package listed."
15416 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
15421 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
15426 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
15437 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
15438 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
15444 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
15445 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
15446 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
15447 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
15448 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
15449 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
15455 msgid "B<Architecture>"
15456 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15462 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15466 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
15471 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
15476 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
15492 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
15493 msgid "B<Description>"
15494 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
15498 msgid "B<Enhances>"
15504 msgid "B<Protected>"
15505 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15510 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15511 msgid "B<Essential>"
15512 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15516 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15522 msgid "B<Homepage>"
15523 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15527 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
15532 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15538 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
15539 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
15545 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15551 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15556 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15557 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
15558 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15563 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
15564 msgid "B<Priority>"
15565 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
15570 msgid "B<Provides>"
15571 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15576 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15577 msgid "B<Recommends>"
15578 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15582 msgid "B<Replaces>"
15587 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
15594 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15598 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
15605 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15610 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
15611 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15615 msgid "B<Suggests>"
15620 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
15625 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
15630 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
15637 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15642 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
15643 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
15649 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
15655 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
15656 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
15657 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
15658 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
15659 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15665 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
15666 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15671 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
15672 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15676 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
15681 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
15686 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
15692 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
15693 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
15694 "for more details."
15699 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
15705 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15712 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
15713 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15718 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15724 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
15730 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
15737 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
15738 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15744 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
15745 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15746 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15750 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
15756 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
15757 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15763 msgid "B<source:Package>"
15764 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15769 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
15776 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
15784 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
15785 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
15786 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15791 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
15792 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
15793 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
15794 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
15795 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
15802 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
15809 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
15813 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15814 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
15821 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
15822 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
15823 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
15827 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15834 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
15839 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15846 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15849 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
15855 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
15856 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will "
15857 "be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment "
15858 "variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15862 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15864 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
15865 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15869 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15871 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
15872 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
15876 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15883 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
15884 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
15885 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
15886 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
15887 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
15891 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15893 "Query operations should never require root, and delegating their execution "
15894 "to unprivileged users via some gain-root command can have security "
15895 "implications (such as privilege escalation), for example when a pager is "
15896 "automatically invoked by the tool."
15900 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15901 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
15905 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15907 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
15908 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
15909 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
15912 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15914 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
15915 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
15916 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
15917 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
15918 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
15923 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15925 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
15926 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
15927 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
15928 "to a different root than F</>."
15932 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15934 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.1."
15935 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15938 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15940 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
15941 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
15944 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15946 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
15951 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15953 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
15954 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
15959 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
15961 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
15962 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
15966 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15968 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
15969 "B<always> and B<never>."
15973 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15974 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
15978 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15979 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
15983 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15985 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15986 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
15990 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15992 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
15993 "creates a Packages file, used by L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, etc, to tell the "
15994 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
15995 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and media discs. You might "
15996 "use B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
15997 "install on a cluster of machines."
16001 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16003 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Packages file with L<apt(8)> "
16004 "you will probably need to compress the file with L<xz(1)> (generating a "
16005 "Packages.xz file), L<bzip2(1)> (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
16006 "L<gzip(1)> (generating a Packages.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed "
16007 "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
16011 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16013 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
16014 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
16015 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
16016 "Packages file will start with this string."
16020 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16022 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
16023 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
16024 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see L<deb-override(5)>."
16028 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16030 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
16034 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16036 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
16037 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
16038 "architecture only the first one found is used."
16042 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16044 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
16045 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
16048 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16049 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
16053 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
16055 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
16056 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16059 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16061 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
16062 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more information on "
16067 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16069 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
16070 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
16073 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16075 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
16076 "scanning for all debs."
16080 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16082 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
16083 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
16086 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16088 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
16089 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
16090 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
16094 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16096 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
16097 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
16100 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16101 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
16105 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16107 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
16108 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16111 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16113 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
16114 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
16115 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
16119 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
16120 #: update-alternatives.pod
16121 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
16125 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16127 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
16128 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
16129 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
16130 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
16134 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16137 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, "
16138 "L<dpkg-scansources(1)>."
16139 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16142 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16143 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
16147 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16149 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
16150 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
16154 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16156 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
16157 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
16161 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16163 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
16164 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
16165 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-"
16166 "override(5)> for the format of this file."
16170 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16172 "B<Note>: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
16173 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the "
16174 "highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for "
16175 "the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first "
16176 "binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. "
16177 "This might change."
16181 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16183 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
16184 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
16185 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
16189 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16191 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Sources file with L<apt(8)> you "
16192 "will probably need to compress the file with L<gzip(1)> (generating a "
16193 "Sources.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
16194 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
16198 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16200 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
16201 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
16204 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16206 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
16211 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16213 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
16214 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more "
16215 "information on its format."
16219 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16221 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
16222 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16225 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16227 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
16228 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
16229 "with I<.src> appended."
16233 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16235 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
16236 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
16237 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
16238 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
16239 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
16243 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
16246 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
16249 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16250 msgid "Turn debugging on."
16254 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16256 msgid "L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
16257 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16260 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16261 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
16265 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16267 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
16268 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16271 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16273 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
16274 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
16275 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
16276 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
16277 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
16281 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16283 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
16284 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For "
16285 "each binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of "
16286 "libraries that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either "
16287 "the I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or "
16288 "if debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
16289 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
16290 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
16291 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
16292 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
16293 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
16298 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16299 msgid "Symbols files"
16303 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16305 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
16306 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
16307 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
16308 "following places (first match is used):"
16312 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16313 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
16317 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16319 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16320 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>. "
16321 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
16322 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
16323 "other binary packages."
16327 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16328 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
16332 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16333 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
16337 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16339 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
16340 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
16341 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
16345 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16346 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
16350 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16352 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
16353 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
16357 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16359 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
16360 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
16361 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
16362 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
16366 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16368 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
16369 "Package> or B<Build-Depends-Packages> meta-information field and B<dpkg-"
16370 "shlibdeps> will extract the minimal version required by the corresponding "
16371 "package in the B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher "
16372 "than the minimal version computed by scanning symbols."
16376 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16377 msgid "Shlibs files"
16381 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16383 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
16384 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
16385 "and easy to handle."
16389 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16391 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
16392 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
16396 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16397 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
16401 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16402 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
16406 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16407 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
16411 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16412 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
16416 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16417 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
16421 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16423 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16424 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
16425 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
16426 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
16430 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16431 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
16435 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16436 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
16440 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16441 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
16445 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16447 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
16448 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
16449 "than another dependency)."
16453 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16455 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
16456 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
16460 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16462 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
16463 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
16466 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16468 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
16469 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
16473 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16475 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
16476 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
16480 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16482 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
16483 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16486 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16488 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
16489 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
16490 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
16494 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16496 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
16497 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
16498 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
16502 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16504 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
16505 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
16506 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
16507 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
16508 "representing the most important dependencies."
16512 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16514 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
16515 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16518 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16520 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
16521 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
16522 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
16527 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16529 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
16530 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
16531 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
16535 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16537 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
16538 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
16541 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16543 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
16544 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
16545 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
16546 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
16547 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
16551 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16553 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
16554 msgstr "I<control>"
16557 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16559 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
16560 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
16564 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16566 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
16571 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16577 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16579 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
16580 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
16584 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16586 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
16587 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
16590 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16592 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
16593 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
16594 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
16595 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
16600 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16602 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
16603 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16606 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16608 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
16609 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
16610 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
16611 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
16612 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
16613 "other binary packages."
16617 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16619 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
16620 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16623 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16625 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
16626 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
16630 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16631 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
16635 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16637 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
16638 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
16639 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
16640 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
16644 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16645 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
16649 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16651 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
16652 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
16653 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
16654 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
16655 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
16656 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
16657 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
16662 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16667 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16669 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
16670 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
16671 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
16672 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
16673 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
16677 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16679 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
16683 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16685 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16686 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
16687 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
16692 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16694 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
16695 "probably a plugin>"
16699 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16701 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16702 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
16703 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
16704 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
16705 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
16706 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
16707 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. "
16708 "But there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that "
16709 "programs linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds "
16710 "it. In that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
16714 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16716 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
16717 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
16721 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16723 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
16724 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would "
16725 "avoid the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency "
16726 "is also generated by another library that is really used)."
16730 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16732 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
16733 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
16737 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16738 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
16742 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16744 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
16745 "library's symbols)>"
16749 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16751 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
16752 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
16753 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks "
16754 "the same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
16755 "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
16759 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16764 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16766 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
16767 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
16768 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is "
16769 "versioned (libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should "
16770 "not have a SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
16774 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16776 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
16777 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
16781 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16783 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
16784 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
16785 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
16786 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
16787 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
16788 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
16789 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
16790 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
16791 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
16792 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
16793 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
16794 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
16795 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
16799 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16801 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
16802 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
16803 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
16804 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
16805 "if it also is in a private directory."
16809 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16811 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
16816 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16818 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
16819 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
16820 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
16821 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
16822 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
16823 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
16828 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16830 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
16831 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
16832 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
16833 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
16834 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found "
16835 "under a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
16836 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
16837 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
16838 "on a canonical name (using L<realpath(3)>) but it might not always work. "
16839 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
16843 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16845 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
16846 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
16847 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
16851 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16854 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-"
16856 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16860 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
16866 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
16867 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16871 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
16877 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
16878 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
16885 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
16886 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
16891 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
16892 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
16893 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
16894 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
16895 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
16896 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
16902 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
16903 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
16910 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
16911 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
16912 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
16913 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
16914 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
16915 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
16921 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
16922 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
16923 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
16929 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
16935 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
16936 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
16937 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
16938 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
16939 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
16945 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
16946 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
16947 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
16948 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
16949 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
16950 "source/format>. See section L</SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
16951 "description of the various source package formats."
16957 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
16958 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16963 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
16964 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
16965 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
16971 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
16972 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16977 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16978 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16979 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
16980 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
16981 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
16982 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
16983 "patches are applied."
16989 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
16990 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16995 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16996 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16997 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
16998 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, "
16999 "and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
17005 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
17006 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17011 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
17012 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
17013 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
17020 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
17021 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
17027 msgid "Generic build options"
17028 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17033 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
17034 "default is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is "
17035 "interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
17041 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
17042 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
17043 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
17049 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
17050 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17055 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
17056 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
17062 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
17063 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
17064 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
17069 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
17075 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
17076 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
17077 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
17078 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
17079 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
17080 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
17085 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
17091 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
17092 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
17093 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
17099 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
17105 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
17106 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
17107 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
17108 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
17109 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
17115 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
17116 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
17117 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
17118 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
17119 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
17120 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
17126 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
17127 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
17128 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
17129 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
17130 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
17131 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
17132 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
17133 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
17134 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
17139 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
17145 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
17146 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
17147 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
17148 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
17149 "files from the automatic patch generation."
17154 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
17160 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to L<tar(1)>'s B<--"
17161 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
17162 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
17163 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
17164 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
17170 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
17171 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
17172 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
17178 "B<Note>: While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
17179 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes "
17180 "a perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
17181 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
17182 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
17183 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
17184 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
17185 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
17191 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
17192 "the B<--help> command."
17197 msgid "Generic extract options"
17203 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
17204 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17209 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
17216 msgid "B<--no-check>"
17217 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17222 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
17228 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
17229 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
17234 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
17240 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
17246 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
17247 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
17248 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
17249 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
17250 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
17251 "maintainers.gpg>)."
17256 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
17262 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
17263 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
17264 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
17270 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
17271 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17276 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
17277 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
17278 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
17284 msgid "Generic general options"
17285 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17290 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
17291 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
17296 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
17302 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
17303 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
17308 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
17309 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
17310 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
17315 msgid "Format: 1.0"
17321 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
17322 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
17323 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
17324 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
17325 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17330 msgid "B<Extracting>"
17336 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
17337 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
17338 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
17339 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
17340 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
17341 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
17342 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
17343 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
17348 msgid "B<Building>"
17354 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
17355 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
17356 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
17357 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
17363 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
17364 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17369 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
17370 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
17371 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second "
17372 "argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source "
17373 "tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original "
17374 "source directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
17380 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
17381 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
17382 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
17388 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
17389 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
17390 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
17391 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
17392 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
17403 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
17409 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
17410 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
17411 "new original source archive from it."
17416 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
17422 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
17423 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
17424 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
17425 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
17431 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
17432 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used "
17433 "for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source "
17434 "and therefore have no debianization diffs."
17440 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
17441 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
17446 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
17447 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
17448 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
17449 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
17450 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
17451 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
17452 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
17453 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
17454 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
17455 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
17456 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
17461 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
17467 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
17468 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
17469 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
17474 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
17479 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
17485 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
17486 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
17487 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
17493 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
17499 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
17500 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
17507 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
17508 "one only the last one will be used."
17514 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
17515 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17520 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
17526 msgid "Format: 2.0"
17532 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
17533 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
17534 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
17535 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
17541 "The behavior of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
17542 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
17543 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
17544 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
17550 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
17551 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
17556 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
17562 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
17563 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
17564 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
17565 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
17566 "in the B<--help> output)."
17571 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
17577 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
17578 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
17579 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
17580 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
17581 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
17582 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
17583 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
17584 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
17585 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17591 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
17592 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
17593 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
17594 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
17595 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
17596 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
17597 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
17603 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
17604 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
17605 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
17606 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
17607 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
17608 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
17609 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
17610 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
17611 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
17612 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
17613 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
17614 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
17615 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
17616 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
17617 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
17618 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
17619 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
17625 "Note that L<lintian(1)> will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
17626 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
17627 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
17628 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to L<lintian(1)>."
17634 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
17635 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
17636 "autogenerated files are patched)."
17642 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behavior, patches are expected to apply "
17643 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such "
17644 "patches with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to "
17651 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behavior, the patches can remove files too."
17658 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
17659 "during the extraction."
17665 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
17666 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
17667 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
17668 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
17669 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
17670 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
17671 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
17672 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
17673 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
17674 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
17680 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
17681 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
17682 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
17683 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in "
17684 "the debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/"
17685 "source/include-binaries>."
17691 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
17692 "to generate the debian tarball."
17698 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
17699 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
17700 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used "
17701 "by B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
17707 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
17708 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
17709 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
17710 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
17711 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
17712 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
17718 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
17724 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
17725 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
17730 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
17731 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
17732 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked "
17733 "interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch "
17734 "corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor "
17735 "(the first one found from B<sensible-editor>, C<$VISUAL>, C<$EDITOR>, B<vi>) "
17736 "is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
17742 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
17743 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
17744 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
17745 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
17746 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
17752 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
17753 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
17754 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
17755 "build> would do)."
17761 msgid "B<Build options>"
17762 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17767 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
17768 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17773 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
17774 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
17775 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
17776 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
17777 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
17778 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
17784 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
17785 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
17790 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
17796 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
17801 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
17807 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
17808 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17813 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
17814 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
17815 "and this option is thus no more needed."
17821 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
17822 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17827 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
17828 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17834 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
17835 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17840 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
17841 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
17842 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
17843 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
17844 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
17845 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
17846 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
17847 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
17852 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
17858 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
17859 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
17860 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
17861 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
17867 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
17868 msgstr "B<822-date>"
17873 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
17874 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
17875 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
17876 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
17877 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
17878 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
17885 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
17886 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
17887 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
17888 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
17889 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
17895 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
17896 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17901 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
17902 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
17907 msgid "B<Extract options>"
17913 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
17920 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
17921 msgstr "B<822-date>"
17926 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17927 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
17931 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
17937 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
17938 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
17945 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
17946 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current "
17947 "directory. At least one file must be given."
17953 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
17954 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17959 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
17960 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
17966 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
17971 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
17977 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
17978 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
17979 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
17985 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
17986 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
17993 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
17994 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
17995 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
18002 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
18003 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
18009 "L<git-bundle(1)> is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
18010 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
18016 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
18017 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
18022 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
18023 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
18024 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. "
18025 "It may also be any parameter that can be passed to L<git-rev-list(1)>. For "
18026 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
18027 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
18028 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
18034 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
18035 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
18036 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
18041 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
18047 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
18053 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
18054 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
18060 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
18066 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
18067 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a "
18068 "tarball, various cleanup are done to save space."
18073 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
18079 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
18080 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
18081 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
18082 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
18089 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
18090 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
18091 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
18092 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
18093 "in B<debian/source/format>."
18098 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
18104 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
18105 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
18106 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the "
18107 "debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you "
18108 "can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
18113 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
18119 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
18120 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
18121 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
18122 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
18123 "will get this error message."
18128 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18134 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
18135 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
18140 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18146 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
18147 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
18153 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18159 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
18160 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
18166 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
18167 "clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> file entries."
18182 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
18188 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18190 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18195 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
18196 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
18197 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
18201 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
18206 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
18211 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
18216 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
18221 msgid "debian/source/format"
18227 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
18228 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
18229 "trailing spaces are allowed."
18235 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
18236 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18241 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
18242 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
18243 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
18244 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
18250 msgid "debian/source/options"
18251 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18256 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
18257 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
18258 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
18259 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
18265 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines "
18266 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped "
18267 "and short options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the "
18268 "‘B<=>’ symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an "
18269 "example of such a file:"
18276 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
18277 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
18278 " compression-level = 9\n"
18279 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
18280 " single-debian-patch\n"
18281 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
18282 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
18289 "B<Note>: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
18290 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
18296 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
18297 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18302 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
18303 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference "
18304 "tied to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
18311 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
18312 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18317 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
18318 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18323 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
18324 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
18325 "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
18330 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
18335 msgid "debian/patches/series"
18341 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
18342 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
18343 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
18344 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
18345 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
18346 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
18347 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
18348 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
18349 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
18350 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
18351 "comment up to the end of line)."
18357 "Examining untrusted source packages or extracting them into staging "
18358 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
18359 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
18360 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted source packages should not be done "
18361 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression command supported, "
18362 "commands to handle specific data formats (such as L<tar(1)> or L<patch(1)>) "
18363 "in addition to the source package formats and control files themselves. "
18364 "Performing these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly "
18370 msgid "Building source packages should only be performed over trusted data."
18376 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
18377 "output field settings is rather confused."
18384 "L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<dsc(5)>."
18385 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
18389 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
18395 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18396 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18401 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
18402 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
18403 "small media such as floppy disks."
18409 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
18416 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
18417 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
18418 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
18419 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
18425 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
18426 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
18431 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
18436 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
18442 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
18443 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
18450 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
18451 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
18457 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
18458 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18463 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
18464 "as it was before it was split."
18470 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
18471 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
18472 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
18478 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
18479 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
18480 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
18485 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
18491 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
18498 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
18499 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18504 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
18505 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
18506 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
18512 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
18513 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18517 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
18523 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
18524 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
18530 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
18531 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
18532 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
18538 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
18545 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
18546 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
18553 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
18554 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
18561 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
18562 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
18566 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
18572 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
18573 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
18574 "stored in the queue."
18580 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
18581 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18586 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
18587 "of their packages."
18593 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
18594 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
18599 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
18605 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
18606 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
18612 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
18613 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18614 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18620 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
18621 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
18622 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
18628 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
18629 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18634 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
18635 "The default is 450 KiB."
18640 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
18645 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
18651 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
18652 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
18658 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
18659 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
18664 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
18665 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
18666 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
18667 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
18678 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
18684 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
18685 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
18686 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
18692 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
18693 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
18699 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
18700 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
18706 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
18707 "binary package part."
18713 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
18714 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
18715 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
18721 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
18722 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18728 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
18729 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18735 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
18736 "L<deb-split(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container."
18742 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
18743 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18748 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
18754 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
18755 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
18756 "filename format should not be relied upon."
18762 "Examining or joining untrusted split package archives should be considered a "
18763 "security boundary, and any breakage of that boundary stemming from these "
18764 "operations should be considered a security vulnerability. Performing these "
18765 "operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
18771 "Auto-accumulating and discarding split package parts are considered "
18772 "privileged operations that might allow root escalation. These operations "
18773 "must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on untrusted "
18774 "packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
18779 msgid "Splitting package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
18785 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
18786 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
18792 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
18799 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
18800 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
18803 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18804 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
18808 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18810 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18811 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18814 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18816 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell L<dpkg(1)> to use a different owner or "
18817 "mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any filesystem "
18818 "object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This "
18819 "can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without "
18820 "a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
18824 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18826 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
18827 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
18831 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18832 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
18836 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18838 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
18839 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
18840 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
18841 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a "
18842 "‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified "
18847 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18849 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
18850 "new owner and mode."
18854 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18856 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
18857 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
18860 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18862 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
18867 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18869 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
18870 "overrides which match the glob."
18874 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18876 msgid "B<--force-help>"
18877 msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
18880 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18882 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18883 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18884 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
18887 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18889 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
18890 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18891 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18895 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18897 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
18898 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18901 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18903 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18904 msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
18907 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18910 #| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do "
18911 #| "some things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified "
18912 #| "below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked "
18913 #| "with (*) are forced by default."
18915 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
18916 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
18917 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
18918 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
18920 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
18921 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
18922 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
18923 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
18924 "выполняются по умолчанию."
18927 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18930 #| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18931 #| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18934 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18935 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18938 "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
18939 "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить "
18940 "работоспособность всей системы.>"
18943 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18946 msgstr "B<install>"
18949 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18951 msgid "Turns on (or off) all force options."
18952 msgstr "B<all>: Включить (или выключить) все принудительные параметры."
18955 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18957 msgid "B<statoverride-add>:"
18958 msgstr "deb-control"
18961 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18962 msgid "Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18966 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18968 msgid "B<statoverride-remove>:"
18969 msgstr "deb-control"
18972 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18973 msgid "Ignore a missing stat override when removing it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18977 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18978 msgid "B<security-mac>(*):"
18982 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18984 "Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) based security when "
18985 "installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg 1.19.5). On Linux systems "
18986 "the implementation uses SELinux."
18990 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18992 msgid "B<not-root>:"
18993 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
18996 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18998 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
18999 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg 1.21.8)."
19001 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
19002 "суперпользователя."
19005 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
19008 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19011 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19013 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
19014 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
19015 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
19019 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19021 msgid "B<--update>"
19022 msgstr "B<822-date>"
19025 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19027 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
19031 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19032 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
19036 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19038 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
19042 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19044 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
19045 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
19046 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
19049 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19051 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
19052 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
19056 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19058 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
19059 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
19062 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19064 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
19065 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
19066 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
19070 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19072 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
19073 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
19077 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19078 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
19082 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19084 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
19085 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19088 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19090 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19091 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19095 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19097 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
19098 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
19102 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19104 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
19105 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
19106 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing "
19107 "and by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be "
19108 "run by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
19112 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19113 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
19117 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19118 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.17."
19122 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19124 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
19125 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19128 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19130 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
19131 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
19132 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better "
19133 "just to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
19137 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19139 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
19140 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
19144 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19146 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
19147 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
19150 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19152 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
19153 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
19154 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
19159 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19161 msgid "B<--no-await>"
19162 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
19165 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19167 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
19168 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
19169 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
19170 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
19171 "have processed the trigger."
19175 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19178 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
19181 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19183 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
19184 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
19185 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
19189 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19191 msgid "B<--no-act>"
19192 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19195 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19196 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
19200 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19202 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
19203 "command returned true."
19207 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19208 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
19212 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19214 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
19215 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
19219 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
19225 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19226 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19231 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
19232 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
19233 "information about the current vendor."
19238 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.1."
19244 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
19245 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19250 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
19257 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
19258 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19263 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
19264 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
19265 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
19271 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
19272 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
19277 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
19284 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
19285 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19290 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
19291 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
19297 msgid "L<deb-origin(5)>."
19298 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
19302 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
19308 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
19309 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
19310 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
19311 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
19312 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
19316 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19318 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19319 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
19320 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19323 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19324 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19325 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19330 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
19331 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19335 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
19336 msgstr "dpkg -- менеджер пакетов Debian"
19341 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
19342 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
19343 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19348 msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
19353 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
19354 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
19357 "Это руководство предназначено для пользователей, желающих более подробно "
19358 "ознакомиться с параметрами командной строки B<dpkg> и состояниями пакетов: "
19359 "здесь это описано более детально, чем в B<dpkg --help>."
19364 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
19365 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
19366 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
19368 "Это руководство I<не> следует использовать сопровождающим пакетов, которые "
19369 "хотят понять, как B<dpkg> будет устанавливать их пакеты. Описание того, что "
19370 "делает B<dpkg> при установке и удалении пакетов особенно не полно."
19376 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
19377 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
19378 "(command-line interface) is L<apt(8)> and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
19379 "is L<aptitude(8)>. B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
19380 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
19381 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
19382 "behavior of the action in some way."
19384 "B<dpkg> -- это инструмент для установки, создания, удаления и управления "
19385 "пакетами Debian. Основная и более простая оболочка для B<dpkg> -- это "
19386 "B<dselect>(8). B<dpkg> полностью управляется параметрами командной строки, "
19387 "которые состоят из одного действия и нуля или более параметров. Действие "
19388 "говорит B<dpkg> что ему нужно сделать, а параметры управляют выполнением "
19394 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-"
19395 "query(1)>. The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
19396 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
19397 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
19398 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
19399 "back-ends need to be called directly."
19404 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
19405 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
19410 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
19411 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
19412 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
19414 "B<dpkg> управляет некоторой полезной информацией о доступных пакетах. Эта "
19415 "информация делится на три класса: B<состояния>, B<выбранные состояния> и "
19416 "B<флаги>. Предполагается, что в большинстве случаев эта информация "
19417 "изменяется с помощью B<dselect>."
19421 msgid "Package states"
19426 msgid "B<not-installed>"
19427 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
19431 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
19432 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
19436 msgid "B<config-files>"
19437 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19442 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
19444 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
19445 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
19446 msgstr "В системе остались только конфигурационные файлы пакета."
19450 msgid "B<half-installed>"
19451 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
19456 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
19458 msgstr "Установка пакета была запущена, но не закончена по какой-либо причине."
19462 msgid "B<unpacked>"
19463 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
19467 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
19468 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
19472 msgid "B<half-configured>"
19473 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
19478 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
19479 "completed for some reason."
19481 "Пакет распакован и настройка была запущена, но пока ещё не завершена по "
19482 "какой-либо причине."
19486 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19491 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
19496 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
19502 msgid "The package has been triggered."
19503 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19507 msgid "B<installed>"
19508 msgstr "B<installed>"
19513 #| msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
19514 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
19515 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19519 msgid "Package selection states"
19525 msgstr "B<install>"
19529 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
19530 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
19540 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
19541 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
19542 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
19543 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
19548 msgid "B<deinstall>"
19549 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
19554 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
19555 "files, except configuration files)."
19557 "Пакет выбран для удаления (т.е. будут удалены все файлы, кроме "
19558 "конфигурационных)."
19569 #| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
19570 #| "even configuration files)."
19572 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
19573 "system directories, even configuration files)."
19575 "Пакет выбран для полной очистки (т.е. будут удалены абсолютно все файлы, "
19576 "включая конфигурационные)."
19586 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
19587 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
19593 msgid "Package flags"
19604 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
19611 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
19612 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
19613 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
19619 #| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires "
19620 #| "reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with "
19621 #| "option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>."
19623 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
19624 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
19627 "Пакет, помеченный как B<reinst-required>, является сломанным и требует "
19628 "переустановки. Такие пакеты не могут быть удалены, пока не указан параметр "
19629 "B<--force-reinstreq>."
19639 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19640 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19646 #| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19647 #| "I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19649 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19650 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19652 "Установить заданный пакет. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
19653 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19657 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
19658 msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:"
19663 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19664 msgid "Extract the control files of the new package."
19665 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
19671 #| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19672 #| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19674 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19675 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19677 "B<2.> Если другая версия этого пакета была установлена ранее, то запускается "
19678 "сценарий I<prerm> из старого пакета."
19683 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19684 msgid "Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19685 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
19691 #| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, "
19692 #| "so that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19694 "Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if "
19695 "something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19697 "B<4.> Распаковываются новые файлы, в тоже самое время сохраняя старые, чтобы "
19698 "если что-то пойдет не так, можно было их восстановить."
19704 #| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19705 #| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19706 #| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19707 #| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19709 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19710 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19711 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19712 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19714 "B<5.> Если ранее была установлена другая версия этого пакета, то запускается "
19715 "сценарий I<postrm> для старого пакета. Заметим, что этот сценарий "
19716 "запускается после сценария I<preinst> нового пакета, потому что новые файлы "
19717 "записываются в то же самое время, когда удаляются старые."
19723 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
19724 #| "about how this is done."
19726 "Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about "
19727 "how this is done."
19729 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
19730 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
19735 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19736 msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19742 #| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19743 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19745 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19746 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19748 "Распаковать пакет, но не настраивать. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> "
19749 "или B<--R>, то вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19754 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
19761 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19762 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19768 #| "Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given "
19769 #| "instead of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are "
19772 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
19773 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
19774 "unconfigured packages are configured."
19776 "Повторно настроить распакованный пакет. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан "
19777 "параметр B<-a> или B<--pending>, то все распакованные, но не настроенные "
19778 "пакеты будут настроены."
19783 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the L<dpkg-"
19784 "reconfigure(8)> command instead (which is part of the B<debconf> project)."
19789 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
19790 msgstr "Настройка состоит из следующих шагов:"
19796 "Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, so "
19797 "that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
19799 "B<1.> Распаковка конфигурационных файлов, в то же самое время сохраняя "
19800 "старые конфигурационные файлы, чтобы можно было восстановить их, если что-то "
19806 #| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19807 msgid "Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19808 msgstr "B<2.> Запуск сценария I<postinst>, если он есть в пакете."
19812 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
19818 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19819 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19824 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
19825 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
19826 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
19827 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
19828 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
19834 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19836 "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | "
19842 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
19843 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
19844 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
19845 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
19846 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
19847 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
19848 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
19849 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
19854 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19855 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
19860 #| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
19861 msgid "Run I<prerm> script."
19862 msgstr "B<1.> Запуск сценария I<prerm>"
19867 #| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
19868 msgid "Remove the installed files."
19869 msgstr "B<2.> Удаление установленных фалов"
19874 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
19875 msgid "Run I<postrm> script."
19876 msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
19881 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19882 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19887 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
19888 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
19889 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
19890 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
19898 "B<Note>: Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
19899 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
19900 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
19901 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
19902 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
19903 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
19905 "Удалить установленный пакет. Если указан параметр B<-r> или B<--remove> то "
19906 "удаляется всё, кроме конфигурационных файлов. Это позволяет избежать "
19907 "переконфигурации пакета, если он будет повторно установлен у будущем. "
19908 "(Конфигурационные файлы -- это те, что указаны в управляющем файле I<debian/"
19909 "confiles>). Если указан параметр B<-P> или B<--purge> то удаляется всё, "
19910 "включая конфигурационные файлы. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан параметр "
19911 "B<-a> или B<--pending,> то все распакованные пакеты, но отмеченные в файле "
19912 "I<%ADMINDIR%/status> для удаления или полной очистки, соответственно, "
19913 "удаляются или полностью очищаются."
19918 #| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19919 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
19920 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
19926 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
19927 #| "about how this is done."
19929 "Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for detailed "
19930 "information about how this is done."
19932 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
19933 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
19938 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
19939 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19944 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
19945 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
19946 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
19947 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
19948 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
19949 "during the installation process."
19955 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
19956 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
19957 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
19958 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used. This "
19959 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
19960 "security verification."
19966 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
19967 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
19968 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
19969 "format they expect."
19975 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19976 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19981 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
19982 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
19983 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
19984 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
19985 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
19991 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19992 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
19997 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19998 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
20004 #| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
20005 #| "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with "
20006 #| "information from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old "
20007 #| "information is replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The "
20008 #| "I<Packages-file> distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. "
20009 #| "B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20011 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
20012 "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
20013 "from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
20014 "replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
20015 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
20016 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
20017 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages "
20018 "in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20020 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах. Действие B<--"
20021 "merge-avail> комбинирует старую информацию с информацией из I<файла "
20022 "Packages>. Действие B<--update-avail> перезаписывает старую информацию "
20023 "информацией из I<файла Packages>. I<Файл Packages> распространяется с Debian "
20024 "под именем I<Packages>. B<dpkg> хранит информацию о доступных пакетах в "
20025 "файле I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20030 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
20031 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
20032 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
20033 "of available packages."
20039 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
20040 msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
20046 #| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
20047 #| "information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
20048 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
20050 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
20051 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
20052 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
20054 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах информацией из "
20055 "пакета I<имя файла пакета>. Если задан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
20056 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
20061 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
20062 msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
20067 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
20068 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
20069 "user information such as package selections."
20075 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
20076 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
20080 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
20081 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
20086 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
20087 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
20093 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
20094 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
20097 "Получить список выбранных пакетов и вывести его в стандартный выходной поток."
20100 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
20102 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
20103 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
20109 #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
20110 #| "the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
20111 #| "install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines "
20112 #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted."
20114 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
20115 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
20116 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
20117 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
20119 "Установить список выбранных пакетов, принимая его со стандартного ввода. "
20120 "Этот файл должен быть в формате 'E<lt>пакетE<gt> E<lt>состояниеE<gt>', где "
20121 "состоянием может быть install, hold, deinstall или purge. Допускаются пустые "
20122 "строки и строки комментариев (начинающиеся с #)."
20127 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
20128 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
20129 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
20135 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
20136 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
20141 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
20142 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
20143 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
20150 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
20151 msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
20156 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
20157 "still haven't been installed."
20159 "Найти пакеты, выбранные для установки, но по какой-то причине ещё не "
20165 "B<Note>: This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
20172 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
20173 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
20178 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
20179 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
20185 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
20186 "be massaged as appropriate."
20192 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
20199 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
20200 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20205 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
20206 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
20207 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20208 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
20214 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
20215 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20220 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
20221 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
20222 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
20223 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The "
20224 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20225 "architecture>) can never be removed from that list."
20231 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
20232 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20237 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
20239 "Показать архитектуру устанавливаемых пакетов с помощью dpkg (например, "
20245 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
20246 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20251 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
20252 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20258 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
20259 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
20264 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20265 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
20266 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20271 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
20272 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
20277 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
20278 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
20279 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
20280 "list of assertable features is:"
20285 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
20290 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
20295 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
20300 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
20306 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20307 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
20308 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20313 msgid "Supports long filenames in L<deb(5)> archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
20314 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20319 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20320 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
20321 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20325 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
20331 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
20332 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20336 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20342 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
20343 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20347 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
20353 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20354 msgid "B<protected-field>"
20355 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20360 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
20361 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20366 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
20367 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20372 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
20373 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
20374 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
20375 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
20387 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20388 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20393 msgid "B<trigname>"
20394 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20399 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20400 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20405 msgid "B<archname>"
20411 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20412 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20418 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20423 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20424 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20429 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
20430 msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
20436 #| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> "
20437 #| "returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, "
20438 #| "and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of "
20439 #| "operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. "
20440 #| "These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne "
20441 #| "ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B<lt-nl "
20442 #| "le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for compatibility with "
20443 #| "control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
20445 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
20446 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
20447 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they "
20448 "treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier "
20449 "than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as "
20450 "later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only "
20451 "for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
20452 "E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete "
20453 "and should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
20454 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
20456 "Сравнить номера версий, используя I<op> в качестве бинарного оператора. "
20457 "B<dpkg> возвращает код успешного завершения (нуль), если указанное условие "
20458 "удовлетворяется, или неудачу (не-нуль) в противном случае. Есть две группы "
20459 "операторов, которые работают по-разному при отсутствующем параметре I<ver1> "
20460 "или I<ver2>. Операторы B<lt le eq ne ge gt> считают отсутствующий номер "
20461 "версии более ранним, чем любой другой. Операторы B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> "
20462 "считают отсутствующий номер версии более поздним, чем любой другой. "
20463 "Операторы B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> используются "
20464 "только для совместимости с синтаксисом файла control."
20474 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
20475 msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20479 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
20486 "B<Note>: Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
20487 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
20490 "Принимает серию команд из входного файлового дескриптора B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. "
20491 "Замечание: дополнительные параметры, заданные в командной строке, а также "
20492 "через этот дескриптор, не сбрасываются для последующих команд, выполняющихся "
20493 "далее в этом запуске."
20497 msgid "Display a brief help message."
20498 msgstr "Вывести небольшую подсказку."
20502 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20503 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20508 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
20509 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
20513 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
20514 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах отладки."
20518 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
20519 msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
20524 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
20525 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
20531 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
20532 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
20537 #| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20539 "See L<dpkg-deb(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20540 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20542 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20548 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
20549 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
20554 msgid "Build a deb package."
20555 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
20560 #| msgid "List of available packages."
20561 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
20562 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
20567 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
20568 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20573 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20574 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
20575 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20579 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
20585 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
20586 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20591 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20592 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
20593 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20598 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20599 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
20600 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20604 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
20610 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
20611 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20616 msgid "Show information about a package."
20617 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
20622 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
20623 msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
20629 #| "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20631 "See L<dpkg-query(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20632 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20634 "Смотрите B<dpkg-query>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20640 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
20641 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
20645 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
20651 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
20652 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
20656 msgid "Report status of specified package."
20661 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
20666 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
20672 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
20673 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
20678 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
20679 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
20686 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20687 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the "
20688 #| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command "
20689 #| "line option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a "
20692 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20693 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
20694 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
20695 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
20696 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
20697 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
20699 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
20700 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
20701 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
20702 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
20703 "начинается с B<#>)."
20707 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20708 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
20713 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
20715 "Задать количество ошибок после которого dpkg аварийно завершится. По "
20721 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20722 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20727 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
20728 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
20729 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
20732 "При удалении пакета есть вероятность, что есть другой установленный пакет "
20733 "зависящий от удаляемого пакета. Указание этого параметра приведёт к "
20734 "автоматической деконфигурации пакета, который зависит от удаляемого пакета."
20739 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
20740 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
20746 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
20747 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
20748 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
20750 "Включить отладку. I<octal> -- это восьмеричное число, сформированное побитно "
20751 "из нижеуказанных битовых масок, (заметим, что эти величины могут быть "
20752 "изменены в следующих версиях). Параметры B<-Dh> или B<--debug-help> выводят "
20753 "эти отладочные значения."
20759 " Number Description\n"
20760 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20761 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20762 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20763 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20764 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20765 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20766 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20767 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20768 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20769 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20770 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20771 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
20772 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20776 " 1 Основная полезная информация по ходу выполнения\n"
20777 " 2 Вызов и состояния скриптов поддержки\n"
20778 " 10 Вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
20779 " 100 Подробный вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
20780 " 20 Вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
20781 " 200 Подробный вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
20782 " 40 Зависимости и конфликты\n"
20783 " 400 Подробное освещение зависимостей и конфликтов\n"
20784 " 1000 Подробная ерунда, например о каталоге dpkg/info\n"
20785 " 2000 Невероятное количество ерунды\n"
20790 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
20791 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
20792 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
20793 "forced by default."
20795 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
20796 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
20797 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
20798 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
20799 "выполняются по умолчанию."
20803 msgid "B<downgrade>(*):"
20810 #| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is "
20811 #| "already installed."
20812 msgid "Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed."
20814 "B<downgrade>(*): Установить пакет, даже если уже установлена его более новая "
20821 #| "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on "
20822 #| "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20823 #| "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20824 #| "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20825 #| "unusable. Use with care.>"
20827 "B<Warning>: At present B<dpkg> does not do any dependency checking on "
20828 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20829 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20830 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20831 "unusable. Use with care."
20833 "I<Предупреждение: На данный момент dpkg не выполняет проверку зависимостей "
20834 "при переходе на более старую версию и поэтому не предупредит если это "
20835 "поломает зависимости с остальными пакетами. Это может иметь серьёзные "
20836 "последствия: замена на более старую версию системных компонентов первой "
20837 "необходимости может привести к полной неработоспособности системы. "
20838 "Использовать осторожно.>"
20843 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20844 msgid "B<configure-any>:"
20845 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20851 #| "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages "
20852 #| "on which the current package depends."
20854 "Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current "
20857 "B<configure-any>: Настроить также все распакованные, но ненастроенные "
20858 "пакеты, от которых зависит текущий пакет."
20870 "Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even when marked "
20871 "to be on “hold”. B<Note>: When these actions are requested explicitly, the "
20872 "“hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
20878 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
20879 msgid "B<remove-reinstreq>:"
20880 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
20886 #| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
20887 #| "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
20888 #| "to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20890 "Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. "
20891 "This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, "
20892 "which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20894 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Удалить пакет, даже если он сломан и отмечен как "
20895 "требующий переустановки. Это может, например, привести к тому, что части "
20896 "пакета останутся в системе, а B<dpkg> про них забудет."
20901 msgid "B<remove-protected>:"
20902 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20908 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
20909 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
20910 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20912 "Remove, even if the package is considered protected (since dpkg 1.20.1). "
20913 "Protected packages contain mostly important system boot infrastructure or "
20914 "are used for custom system-local meta-packages. Removing them might cause "
20915 "the whole system to be unable to boot or lose required functionality to "
20916 "operate, so use with caution."
20918 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
20919 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
20920 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
20921 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
20926 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
20927 msgid "B<remove-essential>:"
20928 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
20934 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
20935 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
20936 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20938 "Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages "
20939 "contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the packaging system, "
20940 "for the operation of the system in general or during boot (although the "
20941 "latter should be converted to protected packages instead). Removing them "
20942 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20944 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
20945 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
20946 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
20947 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
20952 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
20953 msgid "B<depends>:"
20954 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
20959 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
20961 "Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the B<Pre-Depends> "
20962 "and B<Depends> fields."
20963 msgstr "B<depends>: Превратить проблемы с зависимостями в предупреждения."
20968 #| msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
20969 msgid "B<depends-version>:"
20970 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20976 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
20978 "Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. This affects the "
20979 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
20981 "B<depends-version>: Не обращать внимание на версии при проверке зависимостей."
20991 "Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg 1.14.6). This "
20992 "affects the B<Breaks> field."
20998 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20999 msgid "B<conflicts>:"
21000 msgstr "B<config-files>"
21006 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
21007 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
21009 "Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for "
21010 "it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This affects the "
21011 "B<Conflicts> field."
21013 "B<conflicts>: Установить, даже если пакет конфликтует с другим пакетом. Это "
21014 "опасно, так как обычно приводит к перезаписи некоторых файлов."
21019 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21020 msgid "B<confmiss>:"
21021 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21027 "Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is dangerous, "
21028 "since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
21030 "B<confmiss>: Всегда устанавливать пропущенный конфигурационный файл. Это "
21031 "опасно, так как не будут сохранены изменения (удаление) файла."
21036 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21037 msgid "B<confnew>:"
21038 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21044 #| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new "
21045 #| "version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also "
21046 #| "specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21048 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21049 "always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-"
21050 "confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21052 "B<confnew>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, то всегда устанавливать "
21053 "новую версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--"
21054 "force-confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
21060 msgid "B<confold>:"
21067 #| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
21068 #| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in "
21069 #| "which case the default action is preferred."
21071 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21072 "always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> "
21073 "is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21075 "B<confold>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда сохранять старую "
21076 "версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--force-"
21077 "confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
21082 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21083 msgid "B<confdef>:"
21084 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21090 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
21091 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
21092 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
21093 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
21095 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21096 "always choose the default action without prompting. If there is no default "
21097 "action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-"
21098 "confold> is also given, in which case it will use that to decide the final "
21101 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
21102 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
21103 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
21104 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
21110 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
21111 msgid "B<confask>:"
21112 msgstr "B<config-files>"
21118 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
21119 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
21120 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
21121 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
21123 "If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with the version "
21124 "in the package, even if the version in the package did not change (since "
21125 "dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-confold>, or B<--"
21126 "force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the final action."
21128 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
21129 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
21130 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
21131 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
21137 msgid "B<overwrite>:"
21138 msgstr "deb-control"
21143 #| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
21144 msgid "Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
21146 "B<overwrite>: Перезаписать файл из одного пакета файлом из другого пакета."
21151 msgid "B<overwrite-dir>:"
21152 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
21158 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
21159 msgid "Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
21161 "B<overwrite-dir>: Перезаписать каталог из одного пакета файлом из другого."
21166 msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>:"
21167 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
21173 #| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted "
21175 msgid "Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
21177 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Перезаписать файл с изменённым "
21178 "расположением(diverted) его неизменённой версией."
21182 msgid "B<unsafe-io>:"
21188 "Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg 1.15.8.6). "
21189 "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, "
21190 "which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file "
21191 "systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place "
21192 "due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
21199 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
21200 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
21201 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
21202 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
21203 "before atomic renames."
21209 "B<Warning>: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of "
21210 "losing data, use with care."
21215 msgid "B<script-chrootless>:"
21221 "Run maintainer scripts without L<chroot(2)>ing into B<instdir> even if the "
21222 "package does not support this mode of operation (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
21227 msgid "B<Warning>: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care."
21233 msgid "B<architecture>:"
21234 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
21239 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21240 msgid "Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
21241 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21246 msgid "B<bad-version>:"
21247 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21252 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21253 msgid "Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
21254 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21258 msgid "B<bad-path>:"
21265 #| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are "
21267 msgid "B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
21269 "B<bad-path>: В B<PATH> отсутствуют важные программы, поэтому могут "
21270 "возникнуть проблемы."
21275 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21276 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21278 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
21279 "суперпользователя."
21284 msgid "B<bad-verify>:"
21285 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21291 #| "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21292 msgid "Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21294 "B<bad-verify>: Устанавливать пакет, даже если он не прошёл проверку "
21299 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
21300 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<пакет>,..."
21306 #| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21307 #| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
21309 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21310 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
21311 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
21313 "Игнорировать проверку зависимостей для указанных пакетов (на самом деле, "
21314 "проверка выполняется, но выдаются только предупреждения о конфликтах и "
21320 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
21321 msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
21326 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
21327 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
21328 "actually modifying anything."
21330 "Делать всё, что необходимо, но не записывать на диск изменения. Он "
21331 "используется для того, чтобы посмотреть, что произошло бы при выполнении "
21332 "указанного действия, но при этом ничего не меняется."
21338 #| "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end "
21339 #| "up with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will "
21340 #| "first purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even "
21341 #| "though you probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
21343 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
21344 "with undesirable results (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first purge "
21345 "package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though you "
21346 "probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
21348 "Убедитесь, что указали B<--no-act> перед действием, или у вас могут "
21349 "получиться нежелаемые результаты. (например, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> "
21350 "сперва выполнит полное удаление пакета foo, а затем будет пытаться полностью "
21351 "удалить пакет --no-act, хотя вы ожидали, что ничего выполнено не будет)"
21356 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
21357 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
21363 #| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21364 #| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used "
21365 #| "with B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
21367 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21368 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
21369 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
21371 "Рекурсивная обработать все файлы, отвечающие шаблону B<*.deb>, которые "
21372 "найдены в заданных каталогах и во всех их подкаталогах. Этот параметр можно "
21373 "использовать вместе с действиями B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> и "
21380 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
21381 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21383 "Не устанавливать пакет, если новая версия такого же пакета уже установлена. "
21384 "Это синоним параметра B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21389 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
21390 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
21391 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
21398 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
21399 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21405 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
21406 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
21407 "L<chroot(2)> before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
21408 "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
21410 "Изменить каталоги по умолчанию. Каталог B<admindir> по умолчанию имеет "
21411 "значение B<%ADMINDIR%> и содержит много файлов, в которых даётся информация "
21412 "о состоянии установленных или удалённых пакетов и т.д. Каталог B<instdir> по "
21413 "умолчанию равен I</> и указывает каталог, куда будут устанавливаться пакеты. "
21414 "Он также передаётся функции B<chroot>(2) перед запуском сценария установки "
21415 "B<пакета> -- это означает, что сценарии будут считать B<instdir> корневым "
21416 "каталогом. Изменение каталога B<root> устанавливает каталог B<instdir> в "
21417 "значение B<dir>, а каталога B<admindir> -- в значение I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>."
21422 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21423 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
21428 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
21429 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
21430 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
21436 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
21437 msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
21442 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
21443 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
21444 "For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
21447 "Обрабатывать только пакеты, выбранные для установки. Такой выбор делается "
21448 "программой B<dselect> или же самой программой B<dpkg> при работе с пакетами. "
21449 "Например, когда пакет удаляется, он будет помечен для удаления."
21454 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
21455 msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
21461 #| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
21464 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
21465 "package is already installed."
21467 "Не устанавливать пакет, если та же версия этого пакета уже установлена."
21472 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
21473 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
21474 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
21479 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
21484 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
21490 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” before "
21491 "or after the B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, "
21492 "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> and I<purge> actions (since dpkg 1.15.4), and "
21493 "I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> actions (since dpkg "
21494 "1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. The order the "
21495 "options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration "
21496 "files taking precedence. The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is "
21497 "set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
21503 "B<Note>: Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
21504 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
21510 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
21511 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21516 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
21517 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21522 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
21523 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
21524 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
21530 "B<Warning>: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
21531 "completely break your system, use with caution."
21537 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
21538 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
21539 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
21540 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
21541 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
21542 "complementations. See L<glob(7)> for detailed information about globbing. "
21543 "B<Note>: The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
21544 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
21545 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
21546 "work might fix this."
21552 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
21560 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
21561 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
21567 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
21573 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
21574 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
21575 "matches a file name making the decision."
21581 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
21582 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
21583 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
21584 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to L<find(1)> "
21585 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
21586 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
21587 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
21588 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
21589 "will fail to unpack."
21594 msgid "B<Hint>: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
21600 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
21601 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
21605 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21611 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
21612 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
21621 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
21622 " B<??5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
21629 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
21630 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
21631 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
21643 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
21653 msgid "Implies the check passed."
21658 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
21664 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
21665 "characters are currently supported:"
21675 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
21686 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
21687 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
21688 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
21689 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
21690 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
21691 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
21702 "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed. This "
21703 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
21704 "security verification."
21715 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
21716 "attribute character is supported:"
21726 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
21731 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
21737 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
21738 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
21739 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
21745 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
21746 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21751 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
21752 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
21753 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
21758 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
21763 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
21768 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
21774 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
21775 "be converted to spaces before output."
21781 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
21782 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
21787 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
21792 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
21798 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
21799 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
21800 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
21806 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
21807 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21812 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
21813 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” (since "
21814 "dpkg 1.16.0). This option can be specified multiple times. The output "
21815 "format used is the same as in B<--status-fd>."
21820 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21821 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
21826 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
21827 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
21828 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
21833 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
21839 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
21840 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
21841 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
21846 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
21851 msgid "For status change updates."
21857 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
21864 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
21865 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
21870 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
21875 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
21882 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
21887 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
21888 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
21889 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
21890 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
21895 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
21900 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
21901 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
21905 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
21906 msgstr "Не пытаться проверять подпись пакета."
21911 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
21912 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
21917 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
21918 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
21919 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
21920 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave "
21921 "packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
21922 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
21928 msgid "B<--triggers>"
21929 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
21933 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21946 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
21947 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
21948 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
21952 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
21954 #| msgid "B<SHELL>"
21961 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
21962 "specific configuration file."
21968 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
21969 "files and directories."
21976 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
21977 "when spawning a command via a shell."
21978 msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
21983 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
21984 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
21985 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will be used "
21986 "instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable "
21987 "(since dpkg 1.19.2)."
21993 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
21994 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
22000 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
22001 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
22002 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
22008 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
22009 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
22015 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22016 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
22017 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22022 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
22023 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
22029 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
22030 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
22031 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
22032 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
22033 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
22039 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
22040 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
22041 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
22042 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
22043 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
22044 "L<chroot(2)> and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
22045 "chrootless> is specified then the L<chroot(2)> call is skipped and "
22046 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
22052 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
22053 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
22054 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
22060 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
22061 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
22067 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22068 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
22069 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22074 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22075 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
22081 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22082 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
22083 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22088 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22089 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
22095 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22096 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
22097 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22102 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22103 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
22109 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22110 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
22111 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22116 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
22117 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
22122 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
22128 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
22129 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
22135 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
22136 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
22142 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22143 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
22144 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22149 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
22150 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
22151 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
22157 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22158 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
22159 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22164 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
22165 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
22171 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22172 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
22173 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22178 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
22179 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
22186 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22187 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
22188 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22193 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
22194 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
22195 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
22201 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
22202 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
22203 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
22207 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
22208 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
22212 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
22213 msgstr "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
22219 #| "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
22220 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
22222 "Файл журнала по умолчанию (смотрите I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) и параметр "
22228 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
22229 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
22231 "Остальные файлы перечислены с указанием их каталогов по умолчанию, смотрите "
22232 "параметр B<admindir>, чтобы узнать, как изменить местоположение этих файлов."
22236 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22237 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22241 msgid "List of available packages."
22242 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
22246 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22247 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22253 #| "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
22254 #| "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed "
22255 #| "or not, etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22257 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
22258 "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or "
22259 "not, etc. See section L</INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22261 "Состояния доступных пакетов. Этот файл содержит информацию о том, помечен ли "
22262 "пакет для удаления или нет, установлен он или нет, и т.д. Смотрите раздел "
22263 "B<ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ>, где приведена подробная информация."
22268 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
22269 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
22274 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in L<deb(5)>."
22279 msgid "Filesystem filenames"
22285 "During unpacking and configuration B<dpkg> uses various filenames for backup "
22286 "and rollback purposes. The following is a simplified explanation of how "
22287 "these filenames get used during package installation."
22293 msgid "F<*.dpkg-new>"
22299 "During unpack, B<dpkg> extracts new filesystem objects into I<pathname>B<."
22300 "dpkg-new> (except for existing directories or symlinks to directories which "
22301 "get skipped), once that is done and after having performed backups of the "
22302 "old objects, the objects get renamed to I<pathname>."
22307 msgid "F<*.dpkg-tmp>"
22313 "During unpack, B<dpkg> makes backups of the old filesystem objects into "
22314 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-tmp> after extracting the new objects. These backups are "
22315 "performed as either a rename for directories (but only if they switch file "
22316 "type), a new symlink copy for symlinks, or a hard link for any other "
22317 "filesystem object, except for conffiles which get no backups because they "
22318 "are processed at a later stage."
22324 "In case of needing to rollback, these backups get used to restore the "
22325 "previous contents of the objects. These get removed automatically after the "
22326 "installation is complete."
22331 msgid "F<*.dpkg-old>"
22337 "During configuration, when installing a new version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22338 "backup of the previous modified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-old>."
22344 msgid "F<*.dpkg-dist>"
22345 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
22350 "During configuration, when keeping the old version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22351 "backup of the new unmodified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-dist>."
22357 "Any operation that needs write access to the database or the filesystem is "
22358 "considered a privileged operation that might allow root escalation. These "
22359 "operations must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on "
22360 "untrusted packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
22366 "Some operations (such as package verification) might need root privileges to "
22367 "be able to access files on the filesystem that would otherwise be "
22368 "inaccessible due to restricted permissions, but should otherwise work "
22369 "normally and produce appropriate messages in those cases."
22375 "See also the B<SECURITY> section of the L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-split(1)> "
22381 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
22382 msgstr "B<--no-act> обычно дает меньше информации, чем могло бы быть полезным."
22387 "To list installed packages related to the editor L<vi(1)> (note that B<dpkg-"
22388 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
22389 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
22396 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
22398 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
22403 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
22404 msgstr "Посмотреть записи о двух пакетах в файле B<%ADMINDIR%/available>:"
22410 " dpkg --print-avail vim neovim | less\n"
22412 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22416 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
22417 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
22423 " dpkg --print-avail | less\n"
22425 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22430 #| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
22431 msgid "To remove an installed neovim package:"
22432 msgstr "Удалить установленный пакет elvis:"
22438 " dpkg -r neovim\n"
22440 msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>"
22446 #| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. "
22447 #| "The \"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section "
22450 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or media "
22451 "disc. When using an archive based on a pool structure, knowing the archive "
22452 "area and the name of the package is enough to infer the pathname:"
22454 "Чтобы установить пакет, сначала нужно найти его в архиве или на CDROM. Файл "
22455 "\"available\" показывает, что пакет vim находится в секции "
22456 "\"editors\" (\"редакторы\"):"
22462 " dpkg -i /media/bdrom/pool/main/v/vim/vim_9.0.2018-1_amd64.deb\n"
22464 msgstr " B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
22468 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
22469 msgstr "Получить локальную копию состояний выбранных пакетов:"
22475 " dpkg --get-selections >myselections\n"
22477 msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
22482 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
22483 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
22484 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
22485 "details), for example:"
22492 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
22498 msgid "you can install it with:"
22505 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
22506 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
22508 msgstr " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
22514 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
22515 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
22516 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
22517 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
22519 "Заметим, что при этом ничего не будет ни установлено, ни удалено, просто "
22520 "будут заданы состояния запрошенных пакетов. Для того, чтобы на самом деле "
22521 "скачать и установить запрошенные пакеты, вам понадобится другая программа. "
22522 "Например, запустите B<dselect> и выберите \"Установить\"."
22528 #| "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient "
22529 #| "way to modify the package selection states."
22531 "Ordinarily, you will find that L<dselect(1)> provides a more convenient way "
22532 "to modify the package selection states."
22534 "Обычно B<dselect>(8) предоставляет более удобный способ изменить состояния "
22535 "выбранных пакетов."
22539 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
22540 msgstr "ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОСТЬ"
22546 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
22547 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsig-verify>."
22549 "Дополнительная функциональность может быть получена установкой любых "
22550 "следующих пакетов: I<apt>, I<aptitude> и I<debsums>."
22556 "L<aptitude(8)>, L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg-query(1)>, "
22557 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg.cfg(5)>, and L<dpkg-reconfigure(8)>."
22559 "B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-"
22560 "control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) и B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
22571 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
22574 "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто участвовал "
22575 "в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
22580 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
22581 msgid "dsc - Debian source package control file format"
22582 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
22587 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
22588 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
22593 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
22594 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
22601 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
22602 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
22603 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
22604 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
22605 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
22606 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
22607 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
22609 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
22610 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
22611 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
22612 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
22613 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
22614 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
22619 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
22620 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
22621 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
22622 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
22623 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
22624 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
22625 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
22626 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
22632 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
22633 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
22634 "See L<dpkg-source(1)> for their description."
22640 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
22641 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
22642 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
22647 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
22648 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
22653 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
22654 "produce, separated by commas."
22660 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
22661 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
22662 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
22668 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
22669 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
22670 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
22675 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
22676 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
22677 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
22678 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
22684 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
22685 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
22686 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
22687 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
22688 "in the list is B<all>."
22694 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
22695 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
22701 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
22702 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
22703 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
22708 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
22709 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
22710 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
22715 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
22716 "used to maintain this package. See L<deb-src-control(5)> for more details."
22722 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
22723 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
22724 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
22725 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
22726 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
22732 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
22733 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
22734 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
22735 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
22736 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
22742 "B<Rationale>: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the "
22743 "test dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
22749 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
22750 "used to build it. They are discussed in the L<deb-src-control(5)> manual "
22757 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
22758 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
22759 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
22763 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
22769 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
22776 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
22777 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
22782 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
22783 "common value is B<udeb>."
22789 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
22796 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
22797 "currently known optional keys are:"
22809 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
22810 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
22816 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
22818 msgstr "B<config-files>"
22823 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
22824 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
22830 msgid "B<protected>"
22831 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
22836 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
22837 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22842 msgid "B<essential>"
22848 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
22849 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22855 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
22856 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
22857 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
22858 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
22864 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
22865 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
22866 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
22867 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
22873 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
22874 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
22881 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
22882 "format of the extracted source package."
22889 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
22890 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
22894 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
22900 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
22901 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
22902 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
22903 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
22904 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
22910 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
22911 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22916 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
22917 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22921 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
22927 msgid "L<dselect(1)>."
22928 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
22933 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
22934 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
22939 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
22940 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
22941 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
22946 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
22947 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
22953 #| msgid "List of available packages."
22954 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
22955 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
22960 #| msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
22961 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
22962 msgstr "Забыть о неустановленных недоступных пакетах."
22966 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
22971 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
22977 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to L<dpkg(1)>, the low-level Debian "
22978 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
22979 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
22980 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
22981 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
22982 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
22983 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
22984 "internet, local archive servers or media discs. The recommended access "
22985 "method is I<apt>, which is provided by the package L<apt(8)>."
22991 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
22992 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
22993 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
22994 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
22995 "or show additional information about the program."
23002 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
23003 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
23004 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
23005 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
23006 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
23009 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
23010 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
23011 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
23012 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
23013 "начинается с B<#>)."
23018 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
23019 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
23026 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
23027 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
23034 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
23035 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
23036 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23042 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
23043 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
23047 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
23052 msgid "B<--expert>"
23058 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
23064 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
23065 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
23071 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
23072 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
23078 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
23079 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect."
23080 "cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one "
23081 "part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
23088 msgstr "B<installed>"
23092 msgid "The screen title."
23098 msgid "B<listhead>"
23099 msgstr "B<installed>"
23104 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
23105 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
23111 msgstr "B<install>"
23115 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
23122 msgstr "B<install>"
23126 msgid "The selected item in the list."
23132 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
23138 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
23144 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
23150 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
23151 "currently selected package."
23157 msgid "B<infohead>"
23158 msgstr "B<installed>"
23163 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
23169 msgid "B<infodesc>"
23170 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
23175 msgid "The package's short description."
23176 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
23185 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
23190 msgid "B<infofoot>"
23195 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
23206 msgid "Used to display query lines"
23211 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
23216 msgid "Color of help screens."
23222 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
23223 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
23224 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
23230 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
23231 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
23232 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
23233 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
23234 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
23239 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
23245 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
23246 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
23251 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
23252 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
23253 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
23263 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
23269 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<media>, I<file> or "
23270 "I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for example the "
23271 "I<apt> access method provided by the L<apt(8)> package."
23276 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
23287 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
23288 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
23293 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
23294 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
23295 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
23296 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
23297 "maintainers, using the program L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
23303 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
23304 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
23314 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
23320 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
23321 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
23322 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
23323 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
23324 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
23330 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
23331 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
23332 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
23333 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
23334 "B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
23335 "that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
23341 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
23342 "in more detail below."
23349 msgstr "B<install>"
23353 msgid "Installs selected packages."
23359 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
23360 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
23361 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
23362 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
23363 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
23369 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
23370 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
23371 "problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
23372 "investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
23373 "bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at "
23374 "L<https://bugs.debian.org/> or by reading the documentation for L<bug(1)> or "
23375 "L<reportbug(1)>, if these are installed."
23381 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
23382 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
23383 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
23384 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
23385 "L<debconf(1)> library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
23386 "installation setups."
23396 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
23406 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
23417 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
23418 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
23422 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
23428 #| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
23429 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
23430 msgstr "ВЫБРАННЫЕ СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
23434 msgid "Introduction"
23440 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
23441 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
23442 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
23443 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
23444 "B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
23445 "only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient "
23446 "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
23447 "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
23448 "case of doubt, consult the L<dpkg(1)> manual page and the distribution "
23455 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
23456 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
23457 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
23458 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
23459 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
23464 msgid "Screen layout"
23470 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
23471 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
23472 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
23473 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
23474 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
23475 "is displayed can be varied."
23481 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
23482 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
23487 msgid "Package details view"
23493 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
23494 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
23495 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
23502 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
23503 msgid "the extended description"
23504 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
23508 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
23513 msgid "the control information for the available version"
23519 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
23520 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
23521 "causing it to be listed."
23526 msgid "Packages status list"
23532 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
23533 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
23534 "and packages known from the available packages database."
23540 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
23541 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
23542 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
23543 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
23544 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
23545 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
23546 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
23547 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
23553 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
23554 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
23555 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
23556 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
23561 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
23566 msgid "Error flag:"
23571 msgid "I<empty> no error"
23576 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
23582 msgid "Installed state:"
23583 msgstr "B<installed>"
23588 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
23589 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
23590 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
23594 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
23599 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
23605 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
23606 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
23607 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
23611 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
23616 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
23621 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
23626 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
23631 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
23636 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
23641 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
23646 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
23651 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
23657 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
23658 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
23663 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
23668 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
23673 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
23678 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
23683 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
23688 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
23693 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
23698 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
23703 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
23708 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
23713 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
23718 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
23723 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
23728 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
23733 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
23738 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
23743 msgid "Searching and sorting"
23749 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
23750 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
23751 "interpreted as a L<regex(7)> regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
23752 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
23753 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
23754 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
23755 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
23756 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
23757 "searching from there."
23763 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
23764 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
23769 msgid "B<alphabet>"
23775 msgid "B<priority+section>"
23776 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
23781 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
23782 msgid "B<section+priority>"
23783 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
23788 #| msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23789 msgid "B<available>"
23790 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23794 msgid "B<available+priority>"
23800 msgid "B<available+section>"
23801 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
23807 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23812 msgid "B<status+priority>"
23813 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23818 msgid "B<status+section>"
23819 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
23824 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
23825 "subordering sort key."
23830 msgid "Altering selections"
23836 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
23837 "following commands:"
23842 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
23847 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
23852 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
23857 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
23862 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
23868 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23869 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23870 "This will be further explained below."
23876 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
23877 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
23878 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
23884 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
23885 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
23886 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
23887 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
23888 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
23893 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
23899 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23900 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23901 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
23907 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
23908 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
23909 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
23910 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
23911 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
23918 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
23919 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
23920 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
23921 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
23922 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
23928 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
23929 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
23930 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
23931 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
23932 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
23933 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
23938 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
23944 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
23945 "accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
23946 "requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
23947 "any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
23948 "dependency resolution screen."
23954 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
23955 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
23956 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
23957 "this unless you've read the fine print."
23963 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
23964 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
23965 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
23966 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
23967 "the last established settings."
23973 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
23974 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
23975 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
23976 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
23977 "B<enter> by accident."
23982 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
23988 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
23989 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23995 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
23996 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
24002 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
24003 "specific configuration file."
24009 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
24010 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
24015 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
24020 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
24026 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
24027 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
24032 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
24033 "standards. Use the access method provided by L<apt(8)>, it is not only not "
24034 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
24039 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<apt(8)>, L<sources.list(5)>, L<deb(5)>."
24043 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24044 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
24046 "start-stop-daemon -- запускает и останавливает системные программы-демоны"
24049 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24051 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
24052 msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<параметры>"
24055 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24058 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
24059 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
24060 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
24062 "B<start-stop-daemon> используется для управления созданием и завершением "
24063 "системных процессов. Используя параметры B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> "
24064 "и B<--name>, B<start-stop-daemon> может быть настроен для поиска уже "
24065 "запущенных экземпляров процесса."
24068 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24071 "B<Note>: Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24072 "behaves similar to L<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
24073 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
24074 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
24075 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
24076 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
24077 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need "
24078 "to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
24080 "Заметим, что если не указан параметр B<--pidfile>, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
24081 "действует подобно B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> сканирует таблицу "
24082 "процессов в поисках любых процессов с нужным именем, uid, и/или gid (если "
24083 "указаны). Любой подходящий процесс предотвратит запуск демона, если указан "
24084 "параметр B<--start>. Всем подходящим процессам будет послан сигнал KILL, "
24085 "если указан параметр B<--stop>. Для демонов, у которых есть долго живущие "
24086 "потомки, которых нужно оставить работать при параметре B<--stop>нужно "
24087 "указывать pidfile."
24090 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24092 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
24094 "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
24097 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24100 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
24101 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
24102 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
24103 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
24104 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
24105 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
24107 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--start> проверяет существование "
24108 "указанного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24109 "ничего не делает и прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан "
24110 "параметр B<--oknodo>). Если же такой процесс не существует, то он "
24111 "запускается, используя либо исполняемый файл, заданный параметром B<--exec>, "
24112 "(либо параметром B<--startas>). Все аргументы, заданные в командной строке "
24113 "после B<-->, будут без изменений переданы запускаемой программе."
24116 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24118 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
24119 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24122 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24125 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
24126 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
24127 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24128 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
24129 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
24132 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--stop> также проверяет существование "
24133 "заданного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
24134 "посылает ему сигнал, заданный параметром B<--signal> и прекращает работу с "
24135 "кодом завершения 0. Если такой процесс не существует, то B<start-stop-"
24136 "daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан параметр "
24137 "B<--oknodo>). Если указан параметр B<--retry>, то B<start-stop-daemon> будет "
24138 "проверять, что процесс(ы) завершили работу."
24141 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24143 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
24144 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24147 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24149 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
24150 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
24154 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24156 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
24157 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
24160 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24162 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
24163 msgstr "Выдать подсказку и завершить работу."
24166 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24168 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
24169 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
24172 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24174 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
24175 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
24178 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24179 msgid "Matching options"
24183 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24185 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
24186 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24189 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24191 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
24192 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
24196 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24198 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
24199 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24202 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24204 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
24205 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
24209 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24211 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
24212 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
24215 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24217 #| msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
24218 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
24219 msgstr "Проверить какой процесс создал I<pid-файл>."
24222 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24224 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
24225 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
24230 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24232 "B<Warning>: Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
24233 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
24234 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
24235 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
24236 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
24237 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
24238 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
24243 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24245 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
24246 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
24249 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24252 #| "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to "
24253 #| "B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24255 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
24256 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
24258 "Проверить процессы, которые являются экземплярами данного исполняемого файла "
24259 "(согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24262 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24264 "B<Note>: This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
24265 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
24266 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
24267 "restrictions might be needed."
24271 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24273 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
24274 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
24277 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24279 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
24280 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
24285 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24287 "B<Note>: On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
24288 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
24289 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
24293 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24295 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
24296 msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<имя_пользователя>|I<uid>"
24299 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24301 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
24303 "Проверить процессы, принадлежащие пользователю, указанному с помощью "
24304 "I<имени_пользователя> или I<uid>."
24307 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24309 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
24310 "the user to be acted on."
24314 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24316 msgid "Generic options"
24317 msgstr "B<config-files>"
24320 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24322 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
24323 msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<группа>|I<gid>"
24326 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24327 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
24328 msgstr "Изменить группу на I<группу> или I<gid> при запуске процесса."
24331 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24333 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
24334 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24337 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24340 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
24343 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop>, задать сигнал, который "
24344 "будет послан процессам для их останова (по умолчанию 15)."
24347 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24349 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
24350 msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<время_ожидания>|I<затем>"
24353 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24355 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
24356 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
24357 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
24358 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
24360 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop> указать, что B<start-stop-"
24361 "daemon> должен следить за завершением процесса. Периодически будет "
24362 "проверяться, выполняются ли ещё указанные процессы, до тех пор, пока все они "
24363 "не завершатся. Если процессы не завершаются, то будет предпринято действие, "
24364 "заданное в параметре I<затем>."
24367 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24370 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
24371 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
24372 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
24374 "Если вместо параметра I<затем> указан I<время_ожидания>, то используется "
24375 "последовательность действий I<сигнал>B</>I<время_ожидания>B</KILL/"
24376 ">I<время_ожидания>, где I<сигнал> -- это сигнал, заданный параметром B<--"
24380 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24382 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
24383 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
24384 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
24385 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
24386 "schedule forever if necessary."
24388 "Параметр I<затем> -- это последовательность из не менее двух элементов, "
24389 "разделённых косой чертой (B</>); каждый элемент -- это либо B<->I<номер-"
24390 "сигнала> или [B<->]I<название-сигнала>, или I<время_ожидания>, задающее "
24391 "количество секунд, в течение которых следует ждать завершения процесса, или "
24392 "же слово B<forever>, предписывающее повторять остаток последовательности "
24393 "вечно, если нужно."
24396 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24398 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
24399 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
24400 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
24402 "Если достигнут конец последовательности действий и не был указан B<forever>, "
24403 "то B<start-stop-daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 2. Если указан "
24404 "параметр I<затем>, то сигнал, заданный с помощью параметра B<--signal>, "
24408 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24410 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
24411 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24414 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24416 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
24417 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
24419 "При использовании с параметром B<--start> запускает процесс, указанный в "
24420 "параметре I<полное_имя>. Если этот параметр не задан, то берётся значение "
24421 "параметра B<--exec>."
24424 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24426 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
24427 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
24430 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24432 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
24435 "Вывести действия, которые должны быть выполнены и установить соответствующий "
24436 "код завершения, но не выполнять эти действия."
24439 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24441 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
24442 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24445 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24446 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
24448 "Возвращать код 0 вместо 1, если не было выполнено (или не должно было быть "
24449 "выполнено) никаких действий."
24452 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24454 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24455 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
24458 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24459 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
24460 msgstr "Не выдавать информационных сообщений; только сообщения об ошибках."
24463 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24465 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
24466 msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<имя-пользователя>|I<uid>"
24469 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24472 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
24473 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
24474 "as you would for the L<chown(1)> command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
24475 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
24476 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
24477 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
24478 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
24479 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
24481 "Установить указанное имя пользователя или uid перед запуском процесса. Вы "
24482 "можете также задать группу, добавив двоеточие B<:> имя группы или gid, как в "
24483 "команде `chown' (I<пользователь>B<:>I<группа>). При использовании этого "
24484 "параметра вы должны понимать, что также будут установлены основная и "
24485 "дополнительная группы, даже если не указан параметр B<--group>. Параметр B<--"
24486 "group> используется только для групп, в которых пользователь обычно не "
24487 "состоит (например, в случае с системным пользователем B<nobody>)."
24490 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24492 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
24493 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
24496 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24499 #| "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
24500 #| "the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24502 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
24503 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24505 "Перед запуском процесса перейти в каталог I<root> и сделать его корневым. "
24506 "Заметим, что pid-файл будет создан после установки нового корневого каталога."
24509 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24511 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
24512 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
24515 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24518 #| "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the "
24519 #| "chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-"
24520 #| "stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
24522 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
24523 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
24524 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
24525 "starting the process."
24527 "Перейти в каталог I<путь> перед запуском процесса. Это действие выполняется "
24528 "после выполнения действий согласно параметру B<-r>|B<--chroot> если он "
24529 "задан. Если он не указан, то start-stop-daemon переходит в корневой каталог "
24530 "перед запуском процесса."
24533 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24535 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
24536 msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
24539 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24541 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
24542 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
24543 "force it into the background."
24547 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24550 "B<Warning>: B<start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
24551 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only "
24552 "meant for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where "
24553 "it's not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
24555 "Обычно этот параметр используется с программами, которые не могут сами "
24556 "отключиться от терминала, на котором они запущены. Этот параметр заставит "
24557 "B<start-stop-daemon> сделать fork() перед запуском процесса и перевести его "
24558 "в фоновый режим. B<ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: start-stop-daemon> не может проверить код "
24559 "возврата, если процесс не может успешно выполниться по I<какой бы то ни "
24560 "было> причине. Это последняя возможность, предназначенная только для "
24561 "программ, которые не умеют выполнять fork() сами, или если нет возможности "
24562 "добавить в них код для этого."
24565 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24567 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
24568 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
24571 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24573 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
24574 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
24575 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the L<sd_notify(3)> "
24576 "manual page. The following variables are supported:"
24580 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24585 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24586 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
24590 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24591 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
24595 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24597 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
24598 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
24602 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24604 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
24605 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24608 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24610 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
24611 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
24615 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24616 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
24620 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24622 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
24623 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
24624 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
24628 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24630 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
24631 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24634 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24636 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
24637 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
24638 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
24639 "relevant when using B<--background>."
24643 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24645 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
24646 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24649 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24651 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
24652 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
24657 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24659 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24660 msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24663 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24664 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
24665 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24668 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24669 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
24673 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24675 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
24676 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24677 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24678 "I<priority> is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, "
24679 "B<fifo> and B<rr>."
24683 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24685 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
24686 "is not supported."
24690 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24692 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
24693 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
24696 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24698 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
24699 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24700 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24701 "I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always "
24702 "be 7. The currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-"
24703 "effort> and B<real-time>."
24707 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24709 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
24714 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24716 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
24717 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24720 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24723 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
24725 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24728 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24730 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
24731 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
24734 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24737 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
24738 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
24739 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
24740 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
24741 "pidfile> is used."
24743 "Этот параметр используется, если запускаемая программа не создаёт свой "
24744 "собственный pid-файл. При этом B<start-stop-daemon> непосредственно перед "
24745 "запуском процесса создаст файл, указанный в параметре флага B<--pidfile> и "
24746 "поместит в него pid запускаемого процесса. Заметим, что этот файл не будет "
24747 "удалён при остановке программы. B<ЗАМЕЧАНИЕ:> Эта возможность иногда может "
24748 "не работать. В в основном это случается, когда запускаемая программа "
24749 "выполняет fork(). Поэтому данный параметр обычно бывает полезен только при "
24750 "использовании вместе с параметром B<--background>."
24753 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24755 "B<Note>: This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
24756 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
24757 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
24761 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24763 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
24764 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24767 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24769 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
24770 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
24771 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
24775 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24776 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
24777 msgstr "Выдавать подробные информационные сообщения."
24780 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24782 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
24783 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
24784 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
24785 "specified and there were no matching processes."
24789 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24790 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
24794 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24796 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
24797 "reached and the processes were still running."
24801 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24806 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24807 msgid "Any other error."
24811 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24813 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
24817 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24818 msgid "Program is running."
24822 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24823 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
24827 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24828 msgid "Program is not running."
24832 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24837 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24838 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
24842 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24844 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
24845 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
24849 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24852 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24853 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
24854 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
24859 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24860 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
24864 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24867 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24868 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
24873 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24874 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
24878 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24881 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24882 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
24887 #: update-alternatives.pod
24889 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
24893 #: update-alternatives.pod
24895 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
24896 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
24899 #: update-alternatives.pod
24901 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
24902 "about the symbolic links comprising the alternatives system."
24906 #: update-alternatives.pod
24908 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
24909 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
24910 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
24911 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
24912 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
24913 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
24917 #: update-alternatives.pod
24919 "The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the "
24920 "filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. "
24921 "The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine "
24922 "which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the "
24923 "text editors L<ed(1)> and L<nvi(1)> are both installed on the system, the "
24924 "alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer "
24925 "to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this "
24926 "and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system "
24927 "will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so."
24931 #: update-alternatives.pod
24933 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
24934 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
24935 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
24936 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
24937 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
24938 "this is a Good Thing."
24942 #: update-alternatives.pod
24944 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
24945 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
24946 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
24947 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
24948 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
24949 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note>: in most "
24950 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
24951 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
24952 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
24953 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
24954 "have the same priority."
24958 #: update-alternatives.pod
24960 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
24961 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
24962 "L<vi(1)> editor are installed, the manual page referenced by I</usr/share/"
24963 "man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
24964 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
24965 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
24966 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
24970 #: update-alternatives.pod
24972 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
24973 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
24974 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
24975 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
24976 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
24977 "something is broken)."
24981 #: update-alternatives.pod
24983 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
24984 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
24985 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
24986 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
24991 #: update-alternatives.pod
24993 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
24994 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
24995 "be those which have the highest priority."
24999 #: update-alternatives.pod
25001 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
25002 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
25003 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
25004 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
25005 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
25006 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
25007 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
25011 #: update-alternatives.pod
25013 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
25014 "instead (see below)."
25018 #: update-alternatives.pod
25020 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
25021 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
25022 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
25023 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
25027 #: update-alternatives.pod
25028 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
25032 #: update-alternatives.pod
25034 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
25035 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
25039 #: update-alternatives.pod
25040 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
25044 #: update-alternatives.pod
25046 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
25047 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
25051 #: update-alternatives.pod
25052 msgid "alternative name"
25056 #: update-alternatives.pod
25057 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
25061 #: update-alternatives.pod
25062 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
25066 #: update-alternatives.pod
25068 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
25069 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
25073 #: update-alternatives.pod
25074 msgid "alternatives directory"
25078 #: update-alternatives.pod
25080 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
25084 #: update-alternatives.pod
25085 msgid "administrative directory"
25089 #: update-alternatives.pod
25091 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
25092 "alternatives>' state information."
25096 #: update-alternatives.pod
25101 #: update-alternatives.pod
25102 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
25106 #: update-alternatives.pod
25107 msgid "master link"
25111 #: update-alternatives.pod
25113 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
25114 "the group are configured."
25118 #: update-alternatives.pod
25123 #: update-alternatives.pod
25125 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
25130 #: update-alternatives.pod
25131 msgid "automatic mode"
25135 #: update-alternatives.pod
25137 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
25138 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
25143 #: update-alternatives.pod
25144 msgid "manual mode"
25148 #: update-alternatives.pod
25150 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
25151 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
25155 #: update-alternatives.pod
25157 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
25161 #: update-alternatives.pod
25163 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
25164 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
25165 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
25166 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
25167 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
25168 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
25169 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
25170 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
25171 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
25172 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
25173 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
25177 #: update-alternatives.pod
25179 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
25180 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
25181 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
25182 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
25183 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
25184 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
25185 "newly added alternatives."
25189 #: update-alternatives.pod
25191 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
25192 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25195 #: update-alternatives.pod
25197 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
25198 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
25202 #: update-alternatives.pod
25204 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
25205 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25208 #: update-alternatives.pod
25210 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
25211 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
25212 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
25213 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
25214 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
25215 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
25216 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
25217 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
25221 #: update-alternatives.pod
25223 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
25224 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25227 #: update-alternatives.pod
25229 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
25230 "a name in the alternatives directory."
25234 #: update-alternatives.pod
25236 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
25237 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
25238 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
25239 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
25244 #: update-alternatives.pod
25246 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
25247 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25250 #: update-alternatives.pod
25252 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
25253 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
25254 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
25258 #: update-alternatives.pod
25260 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
25261 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25264 #: update-alternatives.pod
25266 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
25267 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
25268 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
25269 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
25270 "priority alternative currently installed."
25274 #: update-alternatives.pod
25276 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
25277 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
25280 #: update-alternatives.pod
25282 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
25283 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
25284 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
25285 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
25286 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
25287 "thus might contain spaces)."
25291 #: update-alternatives.pod
25293 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
25294 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
25299 #: update-alternatives.pod
25301 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
25302 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25305 #: update-alternatives.pod
25307 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
25308 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section L</QUERY FORMAT> "
25313 #: update-alternatives.pod
25315 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
25316 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
25319 #: update-alternatives.pod
25320 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
25324 #: update-alternatives.pod
25326 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
25327 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25330 #: update-alternatives.pod
25332 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
25333 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
25337 #: update-alternatives.pod
25339 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
25340 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25343 #: update-alternatives.pod
25345 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
25346 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
25350 #: update-alternatives.pod
25352 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
25353 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
25354 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25358 #: update-alternatives.pod
25360 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
25361 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
25362 "has not been set."
25366 #: update-alternatives.pod
25368 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
25369 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
25370 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25374 #: update-alternatives.pod
25376 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
25377 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25380 #: update-alternatives.pod
25382 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
25383 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
25387 #: update-alternatives.pod
25389 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
25390 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
25394 #: update-alternatives.pod
25396 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
25397 msgstr "B<822-date>"
25400 #: update-alternatives.pod
25402 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
25403 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
25407 #: update-alternatives.pod
25408 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
25412 #: update-alternatives.pod
25414 msgid "B<--verbose>"
25415 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
25418 #: update-alternatives.pod
25419 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
25423 #: update-alternatives.pod
25425 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
25426 "(since version 1.19.3)."
25430 #: update-alternatives.pod
25432 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
25437 #: update-alternatives.pod
25438 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25442 #: update-alternatives.pod
25444 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25445 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25448 #: update-alternatives.pod
25450 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
25451 "as the base administrative directory."
25455 #: update-alternatives.pod
25456 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
25460 #: update-alternatives.pod
25462 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
25467 #: update-alternatives.pod
25469 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
25470 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25473 #: update-alternatives.pod
25475 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
25476 "admindir> option."
25480 #: update-alternatives.pod
25481 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
25485 #: update-alternatives.pod
25487 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of "
25488 "I<n> + 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
25489 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
25493 #: update-alternatives.pod
25495 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
25496 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25499 #: update-alternatives.pod
25500 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
25504 #: update-alternatives.pod
25506 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
25507 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25510 #: update-alternatives.pod
25511 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
25515 #: update-alternatives.pod
25517 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
25518 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25521 #: update-alternatives.pod
25523 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
25524 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25525 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25526 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
25530 #: update-alternatives.pod
25532 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
25533 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25536 #: update-alternatives.pod
25537 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
25541 #: update-alternatives.pod
25543 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
25544 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25547 #: update-alternatives.pod
25549 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
25550 "is no alternatives available."
25554 #: update-alternatives.pod
25556 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
25557 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25560 #: update-alternatives.pod
25562 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
25563 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
25567 #: update-alternatives.pod
25569 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
25574 #: update-alternatives.pod
25575 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
25579 #: update-alternatives.pod
25580 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
25584 #: update-alternatives.pod
25586 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
25587 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
25590 #: update-alternatives.pod
25591 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
25595 #: update-alternatives.pod
25597 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
25598 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25599 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25600 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
25604 #: update-alternatives.pod
25609 #: update-alternatives.pod
25612 #| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25613 #| "Name: editor\n"
25614 #| "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25616 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25617 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25618 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25619 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25620 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25621 #| "Status: auto\n"
25622 #| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25623 #| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25625 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25627 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25629 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25630 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25631 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25632 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25633 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25635 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25636 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25639 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25641 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25643 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25644 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25645 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25646 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25647 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25649 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25650 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25653 #: update-alternatives.pod
25656 #| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25657 #| "Priority: -100\n"
25659 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25661 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25662 " Priority: -100\n"
25664 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25667 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25670 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25673 #: update-alternatives.pod
25676 #| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25677 #| "Priority: 50\n"
25679 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25680 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25681 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25682 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25683 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25685 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25688 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25689 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25690 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25691 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25692 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25695 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25698 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25699 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25700 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25701 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25702 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25705 #: update-alternatives.pod
25707 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
25708 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
25709 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
25710 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
25711 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
25715 #: update-alternatives.pod
25717 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
25718 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
25719 "the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
25720 "associated manual page."
25724 #: update-alternatives.pod
25726 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
25727 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
25731 #: update-alternatives.pod
25734 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
25739 #: update-alternatives.pod
25741 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
25742 "then select a number from the list:"
25746 #: update-alternatives.pod
25749 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
25754 #: update-alternatives.pod
25756 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
25761 #: update-alternatives.pod
25764 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
25769 #: update-alternatives.pod
25770 msgid "L<ln(1)>, FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
25775 #~ "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
25776 #~ "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
25777 #~ "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
25778 #~ "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
25780 #~ "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той "
25781 #~ "форме, которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать "
25782 #~ "номер ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и "
25783 #~ "номер ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный "
25784 #~ "номер версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
25788 #~| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
25789 #~| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your "
25790 #~| "whole system.>"
25792 #~ "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
25793 #~ "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
25796 #~ "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
25797 #~ "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может "
25798 #~ "нарушить работоспособность всей системы.>"
25802 #~ "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
25803 #~ "parsechangelog>(1)."
25804 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25807 #~ msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
25808 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25811 #~ msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
25812 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25815 #~ msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
25816 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
25820 #~ " less %ADMINDIR%/available\n"
25822 #~ msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>"
25824 #~ msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
25825 #~ msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
25828 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
25829 #~ msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>"
25830 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
25834 #~ "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number "
25835 #~ "of jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior."
25836 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
25839 #~ msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>"
25840 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25843 #~| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
25844 #~ msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)"
25845 #~ msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
25848 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
25849 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25851 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
25852 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25855 #~ msgid "deb-buildinfo"
25856 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25859 #~ msgid "deb-changelog"
25860 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25863 #~ msgid "changelog"
25864 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25866 #~ msgid "deb-control"
25867 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25870 #~ msgstr "control"
25873 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25874 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
25875 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25878 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25879 #~ msgid "conffiles"
25880 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25883 #~ msgid "debian/control"
25884 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25887 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25888 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
25889 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25892 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25893 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
25894 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25896 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
25897 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
25899 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
25900 #~ msgstr "утилиты dpkg"
25903 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
25904 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25907 #~ msgid "deb-split"
25908 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25911 #~ msgid "deb-version"
25912 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25916 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25919 #~ msgid "deb-extra-override"
25920 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25923 #~ msgid "deb-substvars"
25924 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25927 #~ msgid "substvars"
25928 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25931 #~ msgid "deb-symbols"
25932 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25935 #~ msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
25936 #~ msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
25939 #~| msgid "I<postinst>"
25940 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
25941 #~ msgstr "I<postinst>"
25944 #~| msgid "deb-control"
25945 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
25946 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25949 #~| msgid "I<postrm>"
25951 #~ msgstr "I<postrm>"
25954 #~ msgid "deb-preinst"
25955 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25958 #~| msgid "I<preinst>"
25960 #~ msgstr "I<preinst>"
25963 #~ msgid "deb-prerm"
25964 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25967 #~| msgid "I<prerm>"
25969 #~ msgstr "I<prerm>"
25972 #~ msgid "deb-triggers"
25973 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25980 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
25981 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
25982 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
25983 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
25984 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
25985 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
25986 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
25987 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
25988 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
25989 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
25991 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
25992 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
25993 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25994 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
25995 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25996 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
25997 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
25998 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
26000 #~ "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<каталог> [I<имя файла>]\n"
26001 #~ " Собирает deb пакет.\n"
26002 #~ "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<имя файла>\n"
26003 #~ " Показывает содержимое deb пакета.\n"
26004 #~ "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<имя файла> [I<каталог>]\n"
26005 #~ " Извлекает управляющую информацию из пакета.\n"
26006 #~ "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<имя файла> <каталог>\n"
26007 #~ " Извлекает файлы, содержащиеся в данном пакете.\n"
26008 #~ "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<имя файла> [I<управляющее-поле>] ...\n"
26009 #~ " Показывает управляющее(ие) поле(я) пакета.\n"
26010 #~ "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<имя файла>\n"
26011 #~ " Выдает на стандартный вывод tar-файл с файловой\n"
26012 #~ " системой из указанного пакета Debian.\n"
26013 #~ "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<имя файла> [I<файл control>]\n"
26014 #~ " Выдает информацию о данном пакете.\n"
26015 #~ "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<имя файла> I<каталог>\n"
26016 #~ " Извлекает и выдает имена файлов, содержащиеся в пакете.\n"
26020 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
26021 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
26022 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
26023 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
26024 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
26025 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
26026 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
26027 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
26028 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
26029 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
26030 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
26031 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
26033 #~ "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<шаблон имени пакета> ...\n"
26034 #~ " Показывает пакеты, соответствующие данному шаблону.\n"
26035 #~ "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
26036 #~ " Сообщает о состоянии указанного пакета.\n"
26037 #~ "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
26038 #~ " Показывает файлы, установленные в системе из пакета с указанным "
26040 #~ "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<шаблон имени файла> ...\n"
26041 #~ " Ищет в установленных пакетах имя файла по заданному шаблону.\n"
26042 #~ "B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I <имя пакета>\n"
26043 #~ " Выводит детальную информацию о I<пакете>, которую извлекает\n"
26044 #~ " из файла I<%ADMINDIR%/available>.\n"
26047 #~ msgid "dpkg.cfg"
26051 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
26052 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26055 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
26056 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26059 #~ msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo"
26060 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26062 #~ msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26063 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26066 #~ msgid "dpkg-deb"
26070 #~ msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
26074 #~ msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
26075 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26078 #~ msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
26079 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26082 #~ msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
26083 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26086 #~ msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
26087 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26090 #~ msgid "dpkg-query"
26091 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
26094 #~ msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
26095 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26098 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
26099 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26102 #~ msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
26103 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
26106 #~ msgid "dpkg-split"
26107 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26110 #~ msgid "dpkg-trigger"
26111 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
26114 #~ msgid "dpkg-vendor"
26115 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26117 #~ msgid "start-stop-daemon"
26118 #~ msgstr "start-stop-daemon"
26121 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
26122 #~ msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
26125 #~| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
26126 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
26127 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26130 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
26131 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
26133 #~ "Пакет помечен как B<зафиксированный> и не обрабатывается B<dpkg>, только "
26134 #~ "если не указан параметр B<--force-hold>."
26137 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
26138 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
26140 #~ "B<hold>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты, помеченные как \"зафиксированные\"."
26143 #~ msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
26144 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26147 #~ msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
26148 #~ msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
26150 #~ msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
26151 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
26155 #~| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
26156 #~| "text. Currently only used by -l."
26158 #~ "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
26159 #~ "text. Currently only used by B<--list>."
26161 #~ "Задаёт количество колонок текста, используемых программой B<dpkg> при "
26162 #~ "форматировании текста. В настоящий момент используется только с "
26163 #~ "параметром B<-l>."
26166 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
26167 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26170 #~| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
26171 #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:> I<name-list>"
26172 #~ msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
26175 #~ msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
26176 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26179 #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) "
26180 #~ "for more information about them:"
26182 #~ "Нижеследующие файлы являются компонентами бинарного пакета. Смотрите "
26183 #~ "B<deb>(5), где приведена подробная информация:"
26186 #~ msgid "B<--file> I<file>"
26187 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26190 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
26191 #~ msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
26197 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
26198 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
26201 #~ msgid "Debian project"
26202 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
26206 #~ "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the "
26207 #~ "default I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the "
26208 #~ "last filename is used. Log messages are of the form ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
26209 #~ "startup I<type> I<command>’ for each dpkg invocation where I<type> is "
26210 #~ "B<archives> (with a I<command> of B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> "
26211 #~ "(with a I<command> of B<configure>, B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or "
26212 #~ "B<purge>); ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-"
26213 #~ "version>’ for status change updates; ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> "
26214 #~ "I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>’ for actions where "
26215 #~ "I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
26216 #~ "B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>; and ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
26217 #~ "I<filename> I<decision>’ for conffile changes where I<decision> is either "
26218 #~ "B<install> or B<keep>."
26220 #~ "Протоколировать изменения обновлений и действия в I<файл>, вместо файл по "
26221 #~ "умолчанию I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. Если этот параметр указан несколько раз, "
26222 #~ "то используется последнее имя файла. Протоколируемые сообщения имеют вид "
26223 #~ "`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-"
26224 #~ "versionE<gt>' при изменении состояния обновлений; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
26225 #~ "E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-"
26226 #~ "versionE<gt>' при выполнении действия, где I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> может быть "
26227 #~ "install, upgrade, remove, purge; и `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
26228 #~ "E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' при изменении конфигурационных "
26230 #~ "где I<E<lt>decision> может быть install или keep."
26233 #~ msgid "B<--new>"
26234 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26237 #~ msgid "B<--old>"
26238 #~ msgstr "B<hold>"
26256 #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
26257 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26268 #~| msgid "B<purge>"
26269 #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
26270 #~ msgstr "B<purge>"
26273 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
26274 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26277 #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
26278 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26281 #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
26282 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26286 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
26289 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26290 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26293 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26294 #~ msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name>"
26295 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26298 #~ "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
26299 #~ "different than the name of the package itself."
26301 #~ "Имя пакета с исходниками, из которого компилируется бинарный пакет, если "
26302 #~ "оно отличается от имени самого пакета."
26306 #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
26307 #~ "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
26308 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26311 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
26312 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26314 #~ msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
26315 #~ msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26318 #~ msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
26319 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26321 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
26322 #~ msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26325 #~ "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
26326 #~ "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
26327 #~ "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
26329 #~ "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в "
26330 #~ "зависимости от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. "
26331 #~ "Примерами секций могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т."
26335 #~ "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
26336 #~ "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
26339 #~ "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости "
26340 #~ "для системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', "
26341 #~ "`optional', `extra' и т.д."
26345 #~| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
26346 #~| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging "
26347 #~| "revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26348 #~| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, "
26349 #~| "\"E<gt>=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or "
26350 #~| "equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
26352 #~ "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later "
26353 #~ "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
26354 #~ "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26355 #~ "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
26356 #~ "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
26357 #~ "\"=\" for equal to."
26359 #~ "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
26360 #~ "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
26361 #~ "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
26362 #~ "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
26363 #~ "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" "
26364 #~ "-- \"только версия, которая указана\"."
26367 #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>, B<-v>I<version>"
26368 #~ msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
26371 #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
26372 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26375 #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
26376 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26379 #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
26381 #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
26384 #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
26385 #~ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
26388 #~ msgid "B<--debug> I<file> |I<> B<-D>I<file>"
26389 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26396 #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
26397 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26408 #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
26409 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26412 #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>"
26413 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26416 #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
26417 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26420 #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
26421 #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
26423 #~ "Найти пакеты, которые были установлены в системе только частично. B<dpkg> "
26424 #~ "посоветует, что делать, чтобы восстановить их работоспособность."
26431 #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there "
26434 #~ "Вы можете перенести этот файл на другой компьютер и установить его там с "
26438 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26439 #~ msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>"
26440 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26442 #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
26443 #~ msgstr "СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
26445 #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
26446 #~ msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
26449 #~| msgid "WARNING"
26450 #~ msgid "HARDENING"
26451 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26454 #~ msgid "WARNINGS"
26455 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26458 #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
26459 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26462 #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
26463 #~ msgstr "Показать список пакетов, относящихся к редактору vi:"
26466 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
26467 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26470 #~ "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
26471 #~ ">I<pid>B</stat>)."
26473 #~ "Проверить процессы с именем I<имя_процесса> (согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
26476 #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
26477 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26480 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26481 #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> "
26482 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26486 #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following "
26487 #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
26488 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
26490 #~ "B<dpkg> может также использоваться как интерфейс к B<dpkg-deb>. "
26491 #~ "Нижеследующие действия являются действиями B<dpkg-deb>, и если они "
26492 #~ "встречаются, то B<dpkg> просто запускает B<dpkg-deb> с указанными "
26496 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26497 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26498 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26499 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26500 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26501 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26502 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
26503 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26505 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26506 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26507 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26508 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26509 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26510 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26511 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract> и\n"
26512 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26514 #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
26515 #~ msgstr "Все эти действия описаны в B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26518 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
26519 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26522 #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26524 #~ "Выбрать, соответственно, новый или старый формат пакета. Это параметр "
26525 #~ "программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26528 #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. "
26529 #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26531 #~ "Не читать и не проверять содержимое файла control при создании пакета. "
26532 #~ "Это параметр программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26535 #~ msgid "B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
26536 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26539 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
26540 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26542 #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
26543 #~ msgstr "Показать лицензию B<dpkg>."
26545 #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
26546 #~ msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
26549 #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
26550 #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
26552 #~ "Если она определена, то B<dpkg> при запуске оболочки не приостанавливает "
26553 #~ "себя, а создаёт новый процесс."
26556 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
26557 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26560 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
26561 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26564 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
26565 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26568 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26569 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26576 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
26577 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26580 #~ msgid "B<-z>I<level>"
26581 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26584 #~ msgid "install-info"
26585 #~ msgstr "B<install>"
26588 #~ msgid "B<[--]> I<filename>"
26589 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26592 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
26593 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26596 #~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
26597 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26600 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
26601 #~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
26612 #~ "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file "
26613 #~ "is B<dselect update>."
26615 #~ "Для упрощения процедуры получения и обновления файла I<available> можно "
26616 #~ "использовать команду B<dselect update>."
26620 #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
26621 #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
26622 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
26623 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file "
26624 #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
26625 #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
26627 #~ "Послать информацию о состоянии пакета в файловый дескриптор "
26628 #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Этот параметр можно задавать несколько раз. Эта "
26629 #~ "информация выдаётся в виде `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. "
26630 #~ "Ошибки выдаются в форме `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-"
26631 #~ "message'. Конфликты конфигурационных файлов выдаются в форме `status: "
26632 #~ "conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited "
26636 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
26637 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
26639 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26640 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26642 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26643 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26645 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
26646 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26648 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26649 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26651 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26652 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26654 #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26655 #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26658 #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
26659 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26662 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
26663 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26666 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
26667 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26670 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
26671 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26674 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
26675 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26678 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
26679 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26682 #~ msgid "B<--licence>"
26683 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26686 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
26687 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26690 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
26691 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26694 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26695 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26698 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26699 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26702 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
26703 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26706 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
26707 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26710 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
26711 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
26714 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26715 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26718 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
26719 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26722 #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
26723 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26726 #~ msgid "Display version information."
26727 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26734 #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
26735 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26738 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
26739 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26742 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
26743 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26746 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
26747 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26751 #~ "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
26753 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26756 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
26757 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26760 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
26761 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26764 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
26765 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26767 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
26768 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
26770 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
26771 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
26773 #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
26774 #~ msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
26776 #~ msgid "Print version information; then exit."
26777 #~ msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
26780 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you "
26781 #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26783 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем старого конфигурационного файла при "
26784 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
26787 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
26788 #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26790 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем нового конфигурационного файла при "
26791 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
26794 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages "
26795 #~ "to remove them."
26797 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Выбрать пакеты для установки, и отменить выделение для "